From e39e5b5e7206767a0f1be0e5cb7acbd0db87ae60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2012 19:29:39 +0300 Subject: cfg80211: Allow user space to specify non-IEs to SAE Authentication SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in station mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen [change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 7df9b500c804..179a0c2e2f61 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1273,6 +1273,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason * enum has different reasons of connection failure. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts + * with the Authentication transaction sequence number field. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1530,6 +1533,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, + NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -2489,6 +2494,7 @@ enum nl80211_bss_status { * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by @@ -2500,6 +2506,7 @@ enum nl80211_auth_type { NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, + NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, /* keep last */ __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, @@ -3028,6 +3035,9 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * in the interface combinations, even when it's only used for scan * and remain-on-channel. This could be due to, for example, the * remain-on-channel implementation requiring a channel context. + * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of + * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station + * mode */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3035,6 +3045,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, + NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From f461be3eff662f01a177ecea8c1d7b040bb6bfbe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mahesh Palivela Date: Thu, 11 Oct 2012 08:04:52 +0000 Subject: {nl,cfg}80211: Peer STA VHT caps To save STAs VHT caps in AP mode Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 179a0c2e2f61..71ab23b0356d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1276,6 +1276,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts * with the Authentication transaction sequence number field. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from + * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1535,6 +1538,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA, + NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1578,6 +1583,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 +#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 -- cgit v1.2.3 From ed47377154310fd2fd59d75fcdeb3d022344fb31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sam Leffler Date: Thu, 11 Oct 2012 21:03:31 -0700 Subject: {nl,cfg}80211: add a flags word to scan requests Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the bss cache prior to doing a scan. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 71ab23b0356d..4d0b49ee4c2c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1279,6 +1279,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1540,6 +1542,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, + NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3086,4 +3090,15 @@ enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags + * + * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling + * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN + * requests. + * (will be filled) +enum nl80211_scan_flags { +}; + */ + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46856bbf0f0412c12e9674df68822cb531d49327 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sam Leffler Date: Thu, 11 Oct 2012 21:03:32 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: add scan flag to indicate its priority Add NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag support. It tells drivers that this is a low priority scan request, so that they can take necessary action. Drivers need to advertise low priority scan capability during registration. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++-- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 4d0b49ee4c2c..c68e15e41321 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3048,6 +3048,7 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station * mode + * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3056,6 +3057,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, + NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, }; /** @@ -3096,9 +3098,11 @@ enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN * requests. - * (will be filled) + * + * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority + */ enum nl80211_scan_flags { + NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, }; - */ #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 15d6030b4bec618742b8b9ccae9209c8f9e4a916 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sam Leffler Date: Thu, 11 Oct 2012 21:03:34 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: add support for flushing old scan results Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume). For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted. For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime when we get new scan results. This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao [invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index c68e15e41321..0e6277a06c29 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3049,6 +3049,7 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station * mode * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan + * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3058,6 +3059,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, + NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, }; /** @@ -3100,9 +3102,11 @@ enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { * requests. * * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority + * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning */ enum nl80211_scan_flags { NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, + NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, }; #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5c95b940bd97e744267249e3b0780e6ef04b029c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Antonio Quartulli Date: Tue, 16 Oct 2012 08:39:22 +0200 Subject: nl/cfg80211: force scan using an AP vif if requested If the user wants to scan using a vif configured as AP, cfg80211 must give him a chance to do it, even if this will disrupt the stations performance due to off-channel scanning. To do so, this patch adds a 'force' flag to the SCAN_TRIGGER command which tells cfg80211 to perform the scanning operation even if the vif is an AP and the beaconing has already started. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 0e6277a06c29..617d0fbfc96f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3050,6 +3050,7 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * mode * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported + * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3060,6 +3061,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, + NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, }; /** @@ -3103,10 +3105,16 @@ enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { * * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning + * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured + * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is + * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames + * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only + * when really needed */ enum nl80211_scan_flags { NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, + NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, }; #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e4e541a84863b6a41f2427f59cc9156c644491a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavel Emelyanov Date: Tue, 23 Oct 2012 22:29:56 +0400 Subject: sock-diag: Report shutdown for inet and unix sockets (v2) Make it simple -- just put new nlattr with just sk->sk_shutdown bits. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/inet_diag.h | 3 ++- include/uapi/linux/unix_diag.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/inet_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/inet_diag.h index 8c469af939aa..bbde90fa5838 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/inet_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/inet_diag.h @@ -109,9 +109,10 @@ enum { INET_DIAG_TOS, INET_DIAG_TCLASS, INET_DIAG_SKMEMINFO, + INET_DIAG_SHUTDOWN, }; -#define INET_DIAG_MAX INET_DIAG_SKMEMINFO +#define INET_DIAG_MAX INET_DIAG_SHUTDOWN /* INET_DIAG_MEM */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/unix_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/unix_diag.h index b1d2bf16b33c..b8a24941db21 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/unix_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/unix_diag.h @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ enum { UNIX_DIAG_ICONS, UNIX_DIAG_RQLEN, UNIX_DIAG_MEMINFO, + UNIX_DIAG_SHUTDOWN, UNIX_DIAG_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e74598d7f4c6d1b34da84037d9a7f8b1c8e04ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kirill Smelkov Date: Mon, 22 Oct 2012 14:14:01 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: Fix typo in struct v4l2_captureparm description Judging from what drivers do and from my experience temeperframe fraction is set in seconds - look e.g. here static int bttv_g_parm(struct file *file, void *f, struct v4l2_streamparm *parm) { struct bttv_fh *fh = f; struct bttv *btv = fh->btv; v4l2_video_std_frame_period(bttv_tvnorms[btv->tvnorm].v4l2_id, &parm->parm.capture.timeperframe); ... void v4l2_video_std_frame_period(int id, struct v4l2_fract *frameperiod) { if (id & V4L2_STD_525_60) { frameperiod->numerator = 1001; frameperiod->denominator = 30000; } else { frameperiod->numerator = 1; frameperiod->denominator = 25; } and also v4l2-ctl in userspace decodes this as seconds: if (doioctl(fd, VIDIOC_G_PARM, &parm, "VIDIOC_G_PARM") == 0) { const struct v4l2_fract &tf = parm.parm.capture.timeperframe; ... printf("\tFrames per second: %.3f (%d/%d)\n", (1.0 * tf.denominator) / tf.numerator, tf.denominator, tf.numerator); The typo was there from day 1 - added in 2002 in e028b61b ([PATCH] add v4l2 api)(*) (*) found in history tree git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git Signed-off-by: Kirill Smelkov Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 57bfa59cda74..2fff7ff3e05b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ struct v4l2_window { struct v4l2_captureparm { __u32 capability; /* Supported modes */ __u32 capturemode; /* Current mode */ - struct v4l2_fract timeperframe; /* Time per frame in .1us units */ + struct v4l2_fract timeperframe; /* Time per frame in seconds */ __u32 extendedmode; /* Driver-specific extensions */ __u32 readbuffers; /* # of buffers for read */ __u32 reserved[4]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d900082bd9060dc955b181dae2f2adf86e27d747 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 22:28:49 +0000 Subject: rtnl: add a new type of msg to advertise protocol configuration A new type is added to allow userland to monitor protocol configuration, like IPv4 or IPv6. For example, monitoring the state of the forwarding status of an interface of the system. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netconf.h | 22 ++++++++++++++++++++++ include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 27 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/netconf.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d0513726711f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_NETCONF_H_ +#define _UAPI_LINUX_NETCONF_H_ + +#include +#include + +struct netconfmsg { + __u8 ncm_family; +}; + +enum { + NETCONFA_UNSPEC, + NETCONFA_IFINDEX, + NETCONFA_FORWARDING, + __NETCONFA_MAX +}; +#define NETCONFA_MAX (__NETCONFA_MAX - 1) + +#define NETCONFA_IFINDEX_ALL -1 +#define NETCONFA_IFINDEX_DEFAULT -2 + +#endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_NETCONF_H_ */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index fcd768b09f6e..0043b413b8bc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -120,6 +120,11 @@ enum { RTM_SETDCB, #define RTM_SETDCB RTM_SETDCB + RTM_NEWNETCONF = 80, +#define RTM_NEWNETCONF RTM_NEWNETCONF + RTM_GETNETCONF = 82, +#define RTM_GETNETCONF RTM_GETNETCONF + __RTM_MAX, #define RTM_MAX (((__RTM_MAX + 3) & ~3) - 1) }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f3a1bfb11ccbc72d44f0b58c92115a40128979c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 22:28:50 +0000 Subject: rtnl/ipv6: use netconf msg to advertise forwarding status Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 0043b413b8bc..a4d75ea868ed 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -592,6 +592,8 @@ enum rtnetlink_groups { #define RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE RTNLGRP_DCB, #define RTNLGRP_DCB RTNLGRP_DCB + RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF, +#define RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF __RTNLGRP_MAX }; #define RTNLGRP_MAX (__RTNLGRP_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From edc9e748934cf406cab708ca5dda7bd3c0f0a1db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 22:28:52 +0000 Subject: rtnl/ipv4: use netconf msg to advertise forwarding status Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index a4d75ea868ed..3dee071770d5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -592,6 +592,8 @@ enum rtnetlink_groups { #define RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE RTNLGRP_PHONET_ROUTE RTNLGRP_DCB, #define RTNLGRP_DCB RTNLGRP_DCB + RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF, +#define RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF, #define RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF __RTNLGRP_MAX -- cgit v1.2.3 From 52feb444a90304eb13c03115bb9758101dbb9254 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Escande Date: Wed, 17 Oct 2012 14:43:39 +0200 Subject: NFC: Extend netlink interface for LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters support NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS: request LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for a device NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS: set one or more of LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for a device. LTO must be set before the link is up otherwise -EINPROGRESS is returned. RW and MIUX can be set at anytime and will be passed in subsequent CONNECT and CC messages. If one of the passed parameters is wrong none is set and -EINVAL is returned. Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index d908d17da56d..0e63cee8d810 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -60,6 +60,13 @@ * target mode. * @NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_DEACTIVATED: event emitted when the adapter is deactivated * from target mode. + * @NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS: request LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for a device + * @NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS: set one or more of LTO, RW, and MIUX parameters for + * a device. LTO must be set before the link is up otherwise -EINPROGRESS + * is returned. RW and MIUX can be set at anytime and will be passed in + * subsequent CONNECT and CC messages. + * If one of the passed parameters is wrong none is set and -EINVAL is + * returned. */ enum nfc_commands { NFC_CMD_UNSPEC, @@ -77,6 +84,8 @@ enum nfc_commands { NFC_EVENT_TARGET_LOST, NFC_EVENT_TM_ACTIVATED, NFC_EVENT_TM_DEACTIVATED, + NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS, + NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_CMD_AFTER_LAST }; @@ -102,6 +111,9 @@ enum nfc_commands { * @NFC_ATTR_RF_MODE: Initiator or target * @NFC_ATTR_IM_PROTOCOLS: Initiator mode protocols to poll for * @NFC_ATTR_TM_PROTOCOLS: Target mode protocols to listen for + * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO: Link TimeOut parameter + * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW: Receive Window size parameter + * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX: MIU eXtension parameter */ enum nfc_attrs { NFC_ATTR_UNSPEC, @@ -119,6 +131,9 @@ enum nfc_attrs { NFC_ATTR_DEVICE_POWERED, NFC_ATTR_IM_PROTOCOLS, NFC_ATTR_TM_PROTOCOLS, + NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO, + NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW, + NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c8442118ad9cd05cfe3b993f058e70ab25b1009a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 24 Oct 2012 10:17:18 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: allow per interface TX power setting The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't make much sense any more. Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 617d0fbfc96f..4c5f6748ed7d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3051,6 +3051,7 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif + * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3062,6 +3063,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, + NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 91716322d834cba34f4a7ed5e4a39673eb90862b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Fleming Date: Mon, 22 Oct 2012 15:51:45 +0100 Subject: efivarfs: Add unique magic number Using pstore's superblock magic number is no doubt going to cause problems in the future. Give efivarfs its own magic number. Acked-by: Jeremy Kerr Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming --- include/uapi/linux/magic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h index e15192cb9cf4..12f68c7ceba6 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ #define ISOFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x9660 #define JFFS2_SUPER_MAGIC 0x72b6 #define PSTOREFS_MAGIC 0x6165676C +#define EFIVARFS_MAGIC 0xde5e81e4 #define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC 0x137F /* minix v1 fs, 14 char names */ #define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC2 0x138F /* minix v1 fs, 30 char names */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ac4ad2a1468123f6bb439a547880a9c0d302e0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vineet Gupta Date: Sat, 27 Oct 2012 12:47:12 +0530 Subject: serial/arc-uart: Add new driver Driver for non-standard on-chip UART, instantiated in the ARC (Synopsys) FPGA Boards such as ARCAngel4/ML50x Signed-off-by: Vineet Gupta Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index 7e1ab20adc03..ebcc73f0418a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -215,5 +215,7 @@ /* Energy Micro efm32 SoC */ #define PORT_EFMUART 100 +/* ARC (Synopsys) on-chip UART */ +#define PORT_ARC 101 #endif /* _UAPILINUX_SERIAL_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2469ffd723f76ac2d3ce3d4f31ee31ee0a06cd38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Wed, 24 Oct 2012 08:13:03 +0000 Subject: net: set and query VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE Hardware switches may support enabling and disabling the loopback switch which puts the device in a VEPA mode defined in the IEEE 802.1Qbg specification. In this mode frames are not switched in the hardware but sent directly to the switch. SR-IOV capable NICs will likely support this mode I am aware of at least two such devices. Also I am told (but don't have any of this hardware available) that there are devices that only support VEPA modes. In these cases it is important at a minimum to be able to query these attributes. This patch adds an additional IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE attribute that can be set and dumped via the PF_BRIDGE:{SET|GET}LINK operations. Also anticipating bridge attributes that may be common for both embedded bridges and software bridges this adds a flags attribute IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS currently used to determine if the command or event is being generated to/from an embedded bridge or software bridge. Finally, the event generation is pulled out of the bridge module and into rtnetlink proper. For example using the macvlan driver in VEPA mode on top of an embedded switch requires putting the embedded switch into a VEPA mode to get the expected results. -------- -------- | VEPA | | VEPA | <-- macvlan vepa edge relays -------- -------- | | | | ------------------ | VEPA | <-- embedded switch in NIC ------------------ | | ------------------- | external switch | <-- shiny new physical ------------------- switch with VEPA support A packet sent from the macvlan VEPA at the top could be loopbacked on the embedded switch and never seen by the external switch. So in order for this to work the embedded switch needs to be set in the VEPA state via the above described commands. By making these attributes nested in IFLA_AF_SPEC we allow future extensions to be made as needed. CC: Lennert Buytenhek CC: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index a8fe9549ddbc..b3885791e11e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -97,5 +97,23 @@ struct __fdb_entry { __u16 unused; }; +/* Bridge Flags */ +#define BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER 1 /* Bridge command to/from master */ +#define BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF 2 /* Bridge command to/from lowerdev */ +#define BRIDGE_MODE_VEB 0 /* Default loopback mode */ +#define BRIDGE_MODE_VEPA 1 /* 802.1Qbg defined VEPA mode */ + +/* Bridge management nested attributes + * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { + * [IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS] + * [IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE] + * } + */ +enum { + IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS, + IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE, + __IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX, +}; +#define IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX - 1) #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f3335031b9452baebfe49b8b5e55d3fe0c4677d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sat, 27 Oct 2012 02:26:17 +0000 Subject: net: filter: add vlan tag access BPF filters lack ability to access skb->vlan_tci This patch adds two new ancillary accessors : SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG (44) mapped to vlan_tx_tag_get(skb) SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT (48) mapped to vlan_tx_tag_present(skb) This allows libpcap/tcpdump to use a kernel filter instead of having to fallback to accept all packets, then filter them in user space. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Suggested-by: Ani Sinha Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/filter.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/filter.h b/include/uapi/linux/filter.h index 3d7922433aba..9cfde6941099 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/filter.h @@ -127,7 +127,9 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_RXHASH 32 #define SKF_AD_CPU 36 #define SKF_AD_ALU_XOR_X 40 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 44 +#define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG 44 +#define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT 48 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 52 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From bbb009941efaece3898910a862f6d23aa55d6ba8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Wang Date: Wed, 31 Oct 2012 19:45:59 +0000 Subject: tuntap: introduce multiqueue flags Add flags to be used by creating multiqueue tuntap device. Signed-off-by: Jason Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h index 25a585ce23e6..8ef3a87b58a0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ #define TUN_ONE_QUEUE 0x0080 #define TUN_PERSIST 0x0100 #define TUN_VNET_HDR 0x0200 +#define TUN_TAP_MQ 0x0400 /* Ioctl defines */ #define TUNSETNOCSUM _IOW('T', 200, int) @@ -61,6 +62,7 @@ #define IFF_ONE_QUEUE 0x2000 #define IFF_VNET_HDR 0x4000 #define IFF_TUN_EXCL 0x8000 +#define IFF_MULTI_QUEUE 0x0100 /* Features for GSO (TUNSETOFFLOAD). */ #define TUN_F_CSUM 0x01 /* You can hand me unchecksummed packets. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cde8b15f1aabe327038ee4e0e11dd6b798572f69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Wang Date: Wed, 31 Oct 2012 19:46:01 +0000 Subject: tuntap: add ioctl to attach or detach a file form tuntap device Sometimes usespace may need to active/deactive a queue, this could be done by detaching and attaching a file from tuntap device. This patch introduces a new ioctls - TUNSETQUEUE which could be used to do this. Flag IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE were introduced to do attaching while IFF_DETACH_QUEUE were introduced to do the detaching. Signed-off-by: Jason Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h index 8ef3a87b58a0..958497ad5bb5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ #define TUNDETACHFILTER _IOW('T', 214, struct sock_fprog) #define TUNGETVNETHDRSZ _IOR('T', 215, int) #define TUNSETVNETHDRSZ _IOW('T', 216, int) +#define TUNSETQUEUE _IOW('T', 217, int) /* TUNSETIFF ifr flags */ #define IFF_TUN 0x0001 @@ -63,6 +64,8 @@ #define IFF_VNET_HDR 0x4000 #define IFF_TUN_EXCL 0x8000 #define IFF_MULTI_QUEUE 0x0100 +#define IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE 0x0200 +#define IFF_DETACH_QUEUE 0x0400 /* Features for GSO (TUNSETOFFLOAD). */ #define TUN_F_CSUM 0x01 /* You can hand me unchecksummed packets. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 215b13dd288c2e1e4461c1530a801f5f83e8cd90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Cochran Date: Wed, 31 Oct 2012 06:19:07 +0000 Subject: ptp: add an ioctl to compare PHC time with system time This patch adds an ioctl for PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) devices that allows user space to measure the time offset between the PHC and the system clock. Rather than hard coding any kind of estimation algorithm into the kernel, this patch takes the more flexible approach of just delivering an array of raw clock readings. In that way, the user space clock servo may be adapted to new and different hardware clocks. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran Acked-by: Jacob Keller Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ptp_clock.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ptp_clock.h b/include/uapi/linux/ptp_clock.h index 94e981f810a2..b65c834f83e9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ptp_clock.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ptp_clock.h @@ -67,12 +67,26 @@ struct ptp_perout_request { unsigned int rsv[4]; /* Reserved for future use. */ }; +#define PTP_MAX_SAMPLES 25 /* Maximum allowed offset measurement samples. */ + +struct ptp_sys_offset { + unsigned int n_samples; /* Desired number of measurements. */ + unsigned int rsv[3]; /* Reserved for future use. */ + /* + * Array of interleaved system/phc time stamps. The kernel + * will provide 2*n_samples + 1 time stamps, with the last + * one as a system time stamp. + */ + struct ptp_clock_time ts[2 * PTP_MAX_SAMPLES + 1]; +}; + #define PTP_CLK_MAGIC '=' #define PTP_CLOCK_GETCAPS _IOR(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 1, struct ptp_clock_caps) #define PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 2, struct ptp_extts_request) #define PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 3, struct ptp_perout_request) #define PTP_ENABLE_PPS _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 4, int) +#define PTP_SYS_OFFSET _IOW(PTP_CLK_MAGIC, 5, struct ptp_sys_offset) struct ptp_extts_event { struct ptp_clock_time t; /* Time event occured. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc535dfb6a85b42218307c43f60668d7bd6f4318 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Mon, 29 Oct 2012 04:53:27 +0000 Subject: rtnl/ipv4: use netconf msg to advertise rp_filter status Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netconf.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h index d0513726711f..75dcbc587fb5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ enum { NETCONFA_UNSPEC, NETCONFA_IFINDEX, NETCONFA_FORWARDING, + NETCONFA_RP_FILTER, __NETCONFA_MAX }; #define NETCONFA_MAX (__NETCONFA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 121d1e0941e05c64ee4223064dd83eb24e871739 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Tue, 30 Oct 2012 01:08:49 +0000 Subject: netfilter: ipv6: add getsockopt to retrieve origdst userspace can query the original ipv4 destination address of a REDIRECTed connection via getsockopt(m_sock, SOL_IP, SO_ORIGINAL_DST, &m_server_addr, &addrsize) but for ipv6 no such option existed. This adds getsockopt(..., IPPROTO_IPV6, IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST, ...). Without this, userspace needs to parse /proc or use ctnetlink, which appears to be overkill. This uses option number 80 for IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST, which is spare, to use the same number we use in the IPv4 socket option SO_ORIGINAL_DST. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/in6.h | 1 + include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h index 1e3159989958..f79c3721da6e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h @@ -240,6 +240,7 @@ struct in6_flowlabel_req { * * IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_MATCH 68 * IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET 69 + * IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST 80 */ /* RFC5014: Source address selection */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h index bf1ef65cc582..649c68062dca 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h @@ -178,6 +178,9 @@ struct ip6t_error { #define IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET (IP6T_BASE_CTL + 5) #define IP6T_SO_GET_MAX IP6T_SO_GET_REVISION_TARGET +/* obtain original address if REDIRECT'd connection */ +#define IP6T_SO_ORIGINAL_DST 80 + /* ICMP matching stuff */ struct ip6t_icmp { __u8 type; /* type to match */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4f99ad51292078cc47343c17d3870764588cff73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Antonio Quartulli Date: Tue, 30 Oct 2012 04:08:41 +0000 Subject: if_ether.h: add B.A.T.M.A.N.-Advanced Ethertype Add Ethertype 0x4305 (not an officially registered id). This Ethertype is used by every frame generated by B.A.T.M.A.N.-Advanced. Its definition is currently batman-adv local only and since it is not officially registered it is better to make its definition kernel-wide so that we avoid collisions given by future unofficial uses of the same Ethertype. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h index 0343e1f0582c..67fb87ca1094 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ #define ETH_P_BPQ 0x08FF /* G8BPQ AX.25 Ethernet Packet [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */ #define ETH_P_IEEEPUP 0x0a00 /* Xerox IEEE802.3 PUP packet */ #define ETH_P_IEEEPUPAT 0x0a01 /* Xerox IEEE802.3 PUP Addr Trans packet */ +#define ETH_P_BATMAN 0x4305 /* B.A.T.M.A.N.-Advanced packet [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */ #define ETH_P_DEC 0x6000 /* DEC Assigned proto */ #define ETH_P_DNA_DL 0x6001 /* DEC DNA Dump/Load */ #define ETH_P_DNA_RC 0x6002 /* DEC DNA Remote Console */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f4e583c8935c6f52f9385ee7cfbea8f65c66a737 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Antonio Quartulli Date: Fri, 2 Nov 2012 13:27:48 +0100 Subject: nl/cfg80211: add the NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE command This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 4c5f6748ed7d..cbd2d6bb907a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -578,6 +578,9 @@ * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON * is used for this. * + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames + * for IBSS or MESH vif. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -726,6 +729,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5920cd3a41f1aefc30e9ce86384fc2fe9f5fe0c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Chavent Date: Tue, 6 Nov 2012 23:10:47 +0000 Subject: packet: tx_ring: allow the user to choose tx data offset The tx data offset of packet mmap tx ring used to be : (TPACKET2_HDRLEN - sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll)) The problem is that, with SOCK_RAW socket, the payload (14 bytes after the beginning of the user data) is misaligned. This patch allows to let the user gives an offset for it's tx data if he desires. Set sock option PACKET_TX_HAS_OFF to 1, then specify in each frame of your tx ring tp_net for SOCK_DGRAM, or tp_mac for SOCK_RAW. Signed-off-by: Paul Chavent Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h index f3799295d231..f9a60375f0d0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ struct sockaddr_ll { #define PACKET_TX_TIMESTAMP 16 #define PACKET_TIMESTAMP 17 #define PACKET_FANOUT 18 +#define PACKET_TX_HAS_OFF 19 #define PACKET_FANOUT_HASH 0 #define PACKET_FANOUT_LB 1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From a80a6b85b428e6ce12a8363bb1f08d44c50f3252 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrew Morton Date: Thu, 8 Nov 2012 15:53:35 -0800 Subject: revert "epoll: support for disabling items, and a self-test app" Revert commit 03a7beb55b9f ("epoll: support for disabling items, and a self-test app") pending resolution of the issues identified by Michael Kerrisk, copied below. We'll revisit this for 3.8. : I've taken a look at this patch as it currently stands in 3.7-rc1, and : done a bit of testing. (By the way, the test program : tools/testing/selftests/epoll/test_epoll.c does not compile...) : : There are one or two places where the behavior seems a little strange, : so I have a question or two at the end of this mail. But other than : that, I want to check my understanding so that the interface can be : correctly documented. : : Just to go though my understanding, the problem is the following : scenario in a multithreaded application: : : 1. Multiple threads are performing epoll_wait() operations, : and maintaining a user-space cache that contains information : corresponding to each file descriptor being monitored by : epoll_wait(). : : 2. At some point, a thread wants to delete (EPOLL_CTL_DEL) : a file descriptor from the epoll interest list, and : delete the corresponding record from the user-space cache. : : 3. The problem with (2) is that some other thread may have : previously done an epoll_wait() that retrieved information : about the fd in question, and may be in the middle of using : information in the cache that relates to that fd. Thus, : there is a potential race. : : 4. The race can't solved purely in user space, because doing : so would require applying a mutex across the epoll_wait() : call, which would of course blow thread concurrency. : : Right? : : Your solution is the EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE operation. I want to : confirm my understanding about how to use this flag, since : the description that has accompanied the patches so far : has been a bit sparse : : 0. In the scenario you're concerned about, deleting a file : descriptor means (safely) doing the following: : (a) Deleting the file descriptor from the epoll interest list : using EPOLL_CTL_DEL : (b) Deleting the corresponding record in the user-space cache : : 1. It's only meaningful to use this EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE in : conjunction with EPOLLONESHOT. : : 2. Using EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE without using EPOLLONESHOT in : conjunction is a logical error. : : 3. The correct way to code multithreaded applications using : EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE and EPOLLONESHOT is as follows: : : a. All EPOLL_CTL_ADD and EPOLL_CTL_MOD operations should : should EPOLLONESHOT. : : b. When a thread wants to delete a file descriptor, it : should do the following: : : [1] Call epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) : [2] If the return status from epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) : was zero, then the file descriptor can be safely : deleted by the thread that made this call. : [3] If the epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) fails with EBUSY, : then the descriptor is in use. In this case, the calling : thread should set a flag in the user-space cache to : indicate that the thread that is using the descriptor : should perform the deletion operation. : : Is all of the above correct? : : The implementation depends on checking on whether : (events & ~EP_PRIVATE_BITS) == 0 : This replies on the fact that EPOLL_CTL_AD and EPOLL_CTL_MOD always : set EPOLLHUP and EPOLLERR in the 'events' mask, and EPOLLONESHOT : causes those flags (as well as all others in ~EP_PRIVATE_BITS) to be : cleared. : : A corollary to the previous paragraph is that using EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE : is only useful in conjunction with EPOLLONESHOT. However, as things : stand, one can use EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE on a file descriptor that does : not have EPOLLONESHOT set in 'events' This results in the following : (slightly surprising) behavior: : : (a) The first call to epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) returns 0 : (the indicator that the file descriptor can be safely deleted). : (b) The next call to epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) fails with EBUSY. : : This doesn't seem particularly useful, and in fact is probably an : indication that the user made a logic error: they should only be using : epoll_ctl(EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE) on a file descriptor for which : EPOLLONESHOT was set in 'events'. If that is correct, then would it : not make sense to return an error to user space for this case? Cc: Michael Kerrisk Cc: "Paton J. Lewis" Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/eventpoll.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/eventpoll.h b/include/uapi/linux/eventpoll.h index 8c99ce7202c5..2c267bcbb85c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/eventpoll.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/eventpoll.h @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ #define EPOLL_CTL_ADD 1 #define EPOLL_CTL_DEL 2 #define EPOLL_CTL_MOD 3 -#define EPOLL_CTL_DISABLE 4 /* * Request the handling of system wakeup events so as to prevent system suspends -- cgit v1.2.3 From b891b4dc1eed33543c5818dae43ce8bb55f2080c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jingoo Han Date: Fri, 9 Nov 2012 15:56:03 +0900 Subject: PCI: Fix bit definitions of PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2 register According to the PCIe 3.0 spec, PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_2_5GB is 1st bit of PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2 register, not 0th bit. So, the bit definition of supported link speed vector should be fixed. [bhelgaas: change "Current" to "Supported"] Signed-off-by: Jingoo Han Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas --- include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h index 20ae747ddf34..259763d2df71 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h @@ -544,9 +544,9 @@ #define PCI_EXP_OBFF_WAKE_EN 0x6000 /* OBFF using WAKE# signaling */ #define PCI_CAP_EXP_ENDPOINT_SIZEOF_V2 44 /* v2 endpoints end here */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2 44 /* Link Capability 2 */ -#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_2_5GB 0x01 /* Current Link Speed 2.5GT/s */ -#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_5_0GB 0x02 /* Current Link Speed 5.0GT/s */ -#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_8_0GB 0x04 /* Current Link Speed 8.0GT/s */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_2_5GB 0x02 /* Supported Link Speed 2.5GT/s */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_5_0GB 0x04 /* Supported Link Speed 5.0GT/s */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_SLS_8_0GB 0x08 /* Supported Link Speed 8.0GT/s */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP2_CROSSLINK 0x100 /* Crosslink supported */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL2 48 /* Link Control 2 */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKSTA2 50 /* Link Status 2 */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d77807230e1ef30dbdee85aa24d27073a14dd168 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Wed, 7 Nov 2012 02:37:17 +0000 Subject: UAPI: (Scripted) Disintegrate include/linux/hdlc Signed-off-by: David Howells Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Michael Kerrisk Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney Acked-by: Dave Jones Acked-by: Krzysztof Halasa Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/hdlc/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h | 81 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 82 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/Kbuild index aafaa5aa54d4..8c1d2cb75e33 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/Kbuild @@ -1 +1,2 @@ # UAPI Header export list +header-y += ioctl.h diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46939b24d612 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#ifndef __HDLC_IOCTL_H__ +#define __HDLC_IOCTL_H__ + + +#define GENERIC_HDLC_VERSION 4 /* For synchronization with sethdlc utility */ + +#define CLOCK_DEFAULT 0 /* Default setting */ +#define CLOCK_EXT 1 /* External TX and RX clock - DTE */ +#define CLOCK_INT 2 /* Internal TX and RX clock - DCE */ +#define CLOCK_TXINT 3 /* Internal TX and external RX clock */ +#define CLOCK_TXFROMRX 4 /* TX clock derived from external RX clock */ + + +#define ENCODING_DEFAULT 0 /* Default setting */ +#define ENCODING_NRZ 1 +#define ENCODING_NRZI 2 +#define ENCODING_FM_MARK 3 +#define ENCODING_FM_SPACE 4 +#define ENCODING_MANCHESTER 5 + + +#define PARITY_DEFAULT 0 /* Default setting */ +#define PARITY_NONE 1 /* No parity */ +#define PARITY_CRC16_PR0 2 /* CRC16, initial value 0x0000 */ +#define PARITY_CRC16_PR1 3 /* CRC16, initial value 0xFFFF */ +#define PARITY_CRC16_PR0_CCITT 4 /* CRC16, initial 0x0000, ITU-T version */ +#define PARITY_CRC16_PR1_CCITT 5 /* CRC16, initial 0xFFFF, ITU-T version */ +#define PARITY_CRC32_PR0_CCITT 6 /* CRC32, initial value 0x00000000 */ +#define PARITY_CRC32_PR1_CCITT 7 /* CRC32, initial value 0xFFFFFFFF */ + +#define LMI_DEFAULT 0 /* Default setting */ +#define LMI_NONE 1 /* No LMI, all PVCs are static */ +#define LMI_ANSI 2 /* ANSI Annex D */ +#define LMI_CCITT 3 /* ITU-T Annex A */ +#define LMI_CISCO 4 /* The "original" LMI, aka Gang of Four */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned int clock_rate; /* bits per second */ + unsigned int clock_type; /* internal, external, TX-internal etc. */ + unsigned short loopback; +} sync_serial_settings; /* V.35, V.24, X.21 */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned int clock_rate; /* bits per second */ + unsigned int clock_type; /* internal, external, TX-internal etc. */ + unsigned short loopback; + unsigned int slot_map; +} te1_settings; /* T1, E1 */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned short encoding; + unsigned short parity; +} raw_hdlc_proto; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int t391; + unsigned int t392; + unsigned int n391; + unsigned int n392; + unsigned int n393; + unsigned short lmi; + unsigned short dce; /* 1 for DCE (network side) operation */ +} fr_proto; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int dlci; +} fr_proto_pvc; /* for creating/deleting FR PVCs */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned int dlci; + char master[IFNAMSIZ]; /* Name of master FRAD device */ +}fr_proto_pvc_info; /* for returning PVC information only */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned int interval; + unsigned int timeout; +} cisco_proto; + +/* PPP doesn't need any info now - supply length = 0 to ioctl */ + +#endif /* __HDLC_IOCTL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c48c8d51c29efba160a1b27555d97f6ee0d049a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Wed, 7 Nov 2012 02:37:24 +0000 Subject: Fix the wanxl firmware to include missing constants Fix the wanxl firmware to include missing constants such as PARITY_NONE. It should be #including the linux/hdlc/ioctl.h header. To make this work, we also have to guard parts of ioctl.h with !__ASSEMBLY__. Signed-off-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h index 46939b24d612..04bc0274a189 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/hdlc/ioctl.h @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ #define LMI_CCITT 3 /* ITU-T Annex A */ #define LMI_CISCO 4 /* The "original" LMI, aka Gang of Four */ +#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__ + typedef struct { unsigned int clock_rate; /* bits per second */ unsigned int clock_type; /* internal, external, TX-internal etc. */ @@ -78,4 +80,5 @@ typedef struct { /* PPP doesn't need any info now - supply length = 0 to ioctl */ +#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */ #endif /* __HDLC_IOCTL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0974658da47cb399b76794057823bf3cd22acf37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Fri, 9 Nov 2012 06:09:59 +0000 Subject: ipip: advertise tunnel param via rtnl It is usefull for daemons that monitor link event to have the full parameters of these interfaces when a rtnl message is sent. It allows also to dump them via rtnetlink. It is based on what is done for GRE tunnels. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h index 5db5942575fe..ccb21d585bf4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -37,6 +37,17 @@ struct ip_tunnel_parm { struct iphdr iph; }; +enum { + IFLA_IPTUN_UNSPEC, + IFLA_IPTUN_LINK, + IFLA_IPTUN_LOCAL, + IFLA_IPTUN_REMOTE, + IFLA_IPTUN_TTL, + IFLA_IPTUN_TOS, + __IFLA_IPTUN_MAX, +}; +#define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX (__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1) + /* SIT-mode i_flags */ #define SIT_ISATAP 0x0001 -- cgit v1.2.3 From c075b13098b399dc565b4d53f42047a8d40ed3ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Fri, 9 Nov 2012 06:10:01 +0000 Subject: ip6tnl: advertise tunnel param via rtnl It is usefull for daemons that monitor link event to have the full parameters of these interfaces when a rtnl message is sent. It allows also to dump them via rtnetlink. It is based on what is done for GRE tunnels. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h index ccb21d585bf4..c1bf0b5a8da1 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ enum { IFLA_IPTUN_REMOTE, IFLA_IPTUN_TTL, IFLA_IPTUN_TOS, + IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_LIMIT, + IFLA_IPTUN_FLOWINFO, + IFLA_IPTUN_FLAGS, __IFLA_IPTUN_MAX, }; #define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX (__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a91c9f781de209d420d751e43eb43ffe6934803 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Fri, 9 Nov 2012 17:51:30 -0800 Subject: nl/cfg80211: advertise OBSS scan requirement wpa_supplicant will do OBSS scan for drivers that implement auth/assoc API. Drivers that implement nl80211 connect API (rather than auth/assoc) may need wpa_supplicant to do this as well. Add a new feature flag to inform it (wpa_s) that a driver needs wpa_supplicant to do OBSS scans. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index cbd2d6bb907a..06ddc89f026c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3057,6 +3057,9 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting + * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform + * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only + * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3069,6 +3072,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, + NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5cb04436eef62aa8f5c482f8ec8deba391dea465 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hannes Frederic Sowa Date: Tue, 6 Nov 2012 16:46:20 +0000 Subject: ipv6: add knob to send unsolicited ND on link-layer address change This patch introduces a new knob ndisc_notify. If enabled, the kernel will transmit an unsolicited neighbour advertisement on link-layer address change to update the neighbour tables of the corresponding hosts more quickly. This is the equivalent to arp_notify in ipv4 world. Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h index a6d7d1c536c3..5a2991cf0251 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h @@ -157,6 +157,7 @@ enum { DEVCONF_DISABLE_IPV6, DEVCONF_ACCEPT_DAD, DEVCONF_FORCE_TLLAO, + DEVCONF_NDISC_NOTIFY, DEVCONF_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 25c71c75ac87508528db053b818944f3650dd7a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:53:05 +0000 Subject: bridge: bridge port parameters over netlink Expose bridge port parameter over netlink. By switching to a nested message, this can be used for other bridge parameters. This changes IFLA_PROTINFO attribute from one byte to a full nested set of attributes. This is safe for application interface because the old message used IFLA_PROTINFO and new one uses IFLA_PROTINFO | NLA_F_NESTED. The code adapts to old format requests, and therefore stays compatible with user mode RSTP daemon. Since the type field for nested and unnested attributes are different, and the old code in libnetlink doesn't do the mask, it is also safe to use with old versions of bridge monitor command. Note: although mode is only a boolean, treating it as a full byte since in the future someone will probably want to add more values (like macvlan has). Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 5c80cb11518b..96f7cf49367b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -205,6 +205,21 @@ enum { #define IFLA_INET6_MAX (__IFLA_INET6_MAX - 1) +enum { + BRIDGE_MODE_UNSPEC, + BRIDGE_MODE_HAIRPIN, +}; + +enum { + IFLA_BRPORT_UNSPEC, + IFLA_BRPORT_STATE, /* Spanning tree state */ + IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY, /* " priority */ + IFLA_BRPORT_COST, /* " cost */ + IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, /* mode (hairpin) */ + __IFLA_BRPORT_MAX +}; +#define IFLA_BRPORT_MAX (__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX - 1) + struct ifla_cacheinfo { __u32 max_reasm_len; __u32 tstamp; /* ipv6InterfaceTable updated timestamp */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a2e01a65cd7135dab26d27d4b589b2e5358bec99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:53:07 +0000 Subject: bridge: implement BPDU blocking This is Linux bridge implementation of STP protection (Cisco BPDU guard/Juniper BPDU block). BPDU block disables the bridge port if a STP BPDU packet is received. Why would you want to do this? If running Spanning Tree on bridge, hostile devices on the network may send BPDU and cause network failure. Enabling bpdu block will detect and stop this. How to recover the port? The port will be restarted if link is brought down, or removed and reattached. For example: # ip li set dev eth0 down; ip li set dev eth0 up Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 96f7cf49367b..5e871e4d923f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -216,6 +216,7 @@ enum { IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY, /* " priority */ IFLA_BRPORT_COST, /* " cost */ IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, /* mode (hairpin) */ + IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD, /* bpdu guard */ __IFLA_BRPORT_MAX }; #define IFLA_BRPORT_MAX (__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1007dd1aa50b0403df370834f647abef1722925c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:53:08 +0000 Subject: bridge: add root port blocking This is Linux bridge implementation of root port guard. If BPDU is received from a leaf (edge) port, it should not be elected as root port. Why would you want to do this? If using STP on a bridge and the downstream bridges are not fully trusted; this prevents a hostile guest for rerouting traffic. Why not just use netfilter? Netfilter does not track of follow spanning tree decisions. It would be difficult and error prone to try and mirror STP resolution in netfilter module. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 5e871e4d923f..7aae0179ae44 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -217,6 +217,7 @@ enum { IFLA_BRPORT_COST, /* " cost */ IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, /* mode (hairpin) */ IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD, /* bpdu guard */ + IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT, /* root port protection */ __IFLA_BRPORT_MAX }; #define IFLA_BRPORT_MAX (__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From cfa323b6b98f44ddf46cc987f74a23dcab697134 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Wed, 14 Nov 2012 05:13:58 +0000 Subject: ip6tnl/rtnl: add IFLA_IPTUN_PROTO on dump IPv6 tunnels can have three mode: 4in6, 6in6 and xin6. This information was missing in the netlink message. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h index c1bf0b5a8da1..f5ea6b7b651f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ enum { IFLA_IPTUN_ENCAP_LIMIT, IFLA_IPTUN_FLOWINFO, IFLA_IPTUN_FLAGS, + IFLA_IPTUN_PROTO, __IFLA_IPTUN_MAX, }; #define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX (__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From befe2aa1b2c7b9b7e20e97906f99b58475608867 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Wed, 14 Nov 2012 05:14:02 +0000 Subject: ipip/rtnl: add IFLA_IPTUN_PMTUDISC on dump This parameter was missing in the dump. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h index f5ea6b7b651f..5ab0c8ddc2bc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ enum { IFLA_IPTUN_FLOWINFO, IFLA_IPTUN_FLAGS, IFLA_IPTUN_PROTO, + IFLA_IPTUN_PMTUDISC, __IFLA_IPTUN_MAX, }; #define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX (__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From af8036dd749fbf4e732161ff0f3874759b73be40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Benjamin Tissoires Date: Wed, 14 Nov 2012 16:59:21 +0100 Subject: Input: introduce EV_MSC Timestamp Some devices provides the actual timestamp (hid_dg_scan_time in win8 ones) computed by the hardware itself. This value is global to the frame and is not specific to the multitouch protocol. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires Reviewed-by: Henrik Rydberg Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/uapi/linux/input.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/input.h b/include/uapi/linux/input.h index 558828590a69..935119c698ac 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/input.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/input.h @@ -851,6 +851,7 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define MSC_GESTURE 0x02 #define MSC_RAW 0x03 #define MSC_SCAN 0x04 +#define MSC_TIMESTAMP 0x05 #define MSC_MAX 0x07 #define MSC_CNT (MSC_MAX+1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 130cd273d4a46a3011b1cc739f5d2af78779d666 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Mon, 5 Nov 2012 05:28:18 +0000 Subject: ipv6: export IP6_RT_PRIO_* to userland The kernel uses some default metric when routes are managed. For example, a static route added with a metric set to 0 is inserted in the kernel with metric 1024 (IP6_RT_PRIO_USER). It is useful for routing daemons to know these values, to be able to set routes without interfering with what the kernel does. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ipv6_route.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6_route.h b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6_route.h index 0459664c2636..2be7bd174751 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6_route.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6_route.h @@ -55,4 +55,7 @@ struct in6_rtmsg { #define RTMSG_NEWROUTE 0x21 #define RTMSG_DELROUTE 0x22 +#define IP6_RT_PRIO_USER 1024 +#define IP6_RT_PRIO_ADDRCONF 256 + #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_IPV6_ROUTE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa0cbbf145aabbf29c6f28f8a11935c0b0fd86fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Rientjes Date: Mon, 12 Nov 2012 17:53:04 -0800 Subject: mm, oom: reintroduce /proc/pid/oom_adj This is mostly a revert of 01dc52ebdf47 ("oom: remove deprecated oom_adj") from Davidlohr Bueso. It reintroduces /proc/pid/oom_adj for backwards compatibility with earlier kernels. It simply scales the value linearly when /proc/pid/oom_score_adj is written. The major difference is that its scheduled removal is no longer included in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt. We do warn users with a single printk, though, to suggest the more powerful and supported /proc/pid/oom_score_adj interface. Reported-by: Artem S. Tashkinov Signed-off-by: David Rientjes Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/oom.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/oom.h b/include/uapi/linux/oom.h index a49c4afc7060..b29272d621ce 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/oom.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/oom.h @@ -8,4 +8,13 @@ #define OOM_SCORE_ADJ_MIN (-1000) #define OOM_SCORE_ADJ_MAX 1000 +/* + * /proc//oom_adj set to -17 protects from the oom killer for legacy + * purposes. + */ +#define OOM_DISABLE (-17) +/* inclusive */ +#define OOM_ADJUST_MIN (-16) +#define OOM_ADJUST_MAX 15 + #endif /* _UAPI__INCLUDE_LINUX_OOM_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3475b0946bd2057497628790d4b4fce4bfdcc304 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Fri, 16 Nov 2012 22:49:57 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: Add TDLS event to allow drivers to request operations The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211 function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer station that is seen with good signal strength. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 06ddc89f026c..1a9a819cfab0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -526,6 +526,12 @@ * of PMKSA caching dandidates. * * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). + * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take + * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). + * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested + * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and + * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with + * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. * * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP -- cgit v1.2.3 From d2709c7ce4c513ab7f4ca9a106a930621811f2d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Mon, 19 Nov 2012 22:21:03 +0000 Subject: perf: Make perf build for x86 with UAPI disintegration applied Make perf build for x86 once the UAPI disintegration patches for that arch have been applied by adding the appropriate -I flags - in the right order - and then converting some #includes that use ../.. notation to find main kernel headerfiles to use and instead. Note that -Iarch/foo/include/uapi is present _before_ -Iarch/foo/include. This makes sure we get the userspace version of the pt_regs struct. Ideally, we wouldn't have the latter -I flag at all, but unfortunately we want asm/svm.h and asm/vmx.h in builtin-kvm.c and these aren't part of the UAPI - at least not for x86. I wonder if the bits outside of the __KERNEL__ guards *should* be transferred there. I note also that perf seems to do its dependency handling manually by listing all the header files it might want to use in LIB_H in the Makefile. Can this be changed to use -MD? Note that to do make this work, we need to export and UAPI disintegrate linux/hw_breakpoint.h, which I think should've been exported previously so that perf can access the bits. We have to do this in the same patch to maintain bisectability. Signed-off-by: David Howells --- include/uapi/linux/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/linux/hw_breakpoint.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/hw_breakpoint.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild index e194387ef784..19e765fbfef7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild @@ -415,3 +415,4 @@ header-y += wireless.h header-y += x25.h header-y += xattr.h header-y += xfrm.h +header-y += hw_breakpoint.h diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/hw_breakpoint.h b/include/uapi/linux/hw_breakpoint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b04000a2296a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/hw_breakpoint.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H +#define _UAPI_LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H + +enum { + HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_1 = 1, + HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_2 = 2, + HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_4 = 4, + HW_BREAKPOINT_LEN_8 = 8, +}; + +enum { + HW_BREAKPOINT_EMPTY = 0, + HW_BREAKPOINT_R = 1, + HW_BREAKPOINT_W = 2, + HW_BREAKPOINT_RW = HW_BREAKPOINT_R | HW_BREAKPOINT_W, + HW_BREAKPOINT_X = 4, + HW_BREAKPOINT_INVALID = HW_BREAKPOINT_RW | HW_BREAKPOINT_X, +}; + +enum bp_type_idx { + TYPE_INST = 0, +#ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_MIXED_BREAKPOINTS_REGS + TYPE_DATA = 0, +#else + TYPE_DATA = 1, +#endif + TYPE_MAX +}; + +#endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_HW_BREAKPOINT_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e4f67addf158f98f8197e08974966b18480dc751 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Stevens Date: Tue, 20 Nov 2012 02:50:14 +0000 Subject: add DOVE extensions for VXLAN This patch provides extensions to VXLAN for supporting Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet (DOVE) networks. The patch includes: + a dove flag per VXLAN device to enable DOVE extensions + ARP reduction, whereby a bridge-connected VXLAN tunnel endpoint answers ARP requests from the local bridge on behalf of remote DOVE clients + route short-circuiting (aka L3 switching). Known destination IP addresses use the corresponding destination MAC address for switching rather than going to a (possibly remote) router first. + netlink notification messages for forwarding table and L3 switching misses Changes since v2 - combined bools into "u32 flags" - replaced loop with !is_zero_ether_addr() Signed-off-by: David L Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 7aae0179ae44..bb58aeb7f34d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -302,6 +302,10 @@ enum { IFLA_VXLAN_AGEING, IFLA_VXLAN_LIMIT, IFLA_VXLAN_PORT_RANGE, + IFLA_VXLAN_PROXY, + IFLA_VXLAN_RSC, + IFLA_VXLAN_L2MISS, + IFLA_VXLAN_L3MISS, __IFLA_VXLAN_MAX }; #define IFLA_VXLAN_MAX (__IFLA_VXLAN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e2f1f072db8db81e6b5bcbfcf409bb5c91dc9329 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Mon, 19 Nov 2012 22:41:45 +0000 Subject: sit: allow to configure 6rd tunnels via netlink This patch add the support of 6RD tunnels management via netlink. Note that netdev_state_change() is now called when 6RD parameters are updated. 6RD parameters are updated only if there is at least one 6RD attribute. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h index 5ab0c8ddc2bc..aee73d0611fb 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -49,6 +49,10 @@ enum { IFLA_IPTUN_FLAGS, IFLA_IPTUN_PROTO, IFLA_IPTUN_PMTUDISC, + IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_PREFIX, + IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_RELAY_PREFIX, + IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_PREFIXLEN, + IFLA_IPTUN_6RD_RELAY_PREFIXLEN, __IFLA_IPTUN_MAX, }; #define IFLA_IPTUN_MAX (__IFLA_IPTUN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc96efb72054985c0912f831da009a2da4e9f6dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Schulte Date: Mon, 19 Nov 2012 09:12:04 -0600 Subject: Serial: Add support for new devices: Exar's XR17V35x family of multi-port PCIe UARTs Add support for new devices: Exar's XR17V35x family of multi-port PCIe UARTs. Signed-off-by: Matt Schulte Acked-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 3 ++- include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h | 6 ++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index ebcc73f0418a..78f99d97475b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ #define PORT_XR17D15X 21 /* Exar XR17D15x UART */ #define PORT_LPC3220 22 /* NXP LPC32xx SoC "Standard" UART */ #define PORT_8250_CIR 23 /* CIR infrared port, has its own driver */ -#define PORT_MAX_8250 23 /* max port ID */ +#define PORT_XR17V35X 24 /* Exar XR17V35x UARTs */ +#define PORT_MAX_8250 24 /* max port ID */ /* * ARM specific type numbers. These are not currently guaranteed diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h index 5ed325e88a81..d0b47607b90b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -367,5 +367,11 @@ #define UART_OMAP_MDR1_CIR_MODE 0x06 /* CIR mode */ #define UART_OMAP_MDR1_DISABLE 0x07 /* Disable (default state) */ +/* + * These are definitions for the XR17V35X and XR17D15X + */ +#define UART_EXAR_SLEEP 0x8b /* Sleep mode */ +#define UART_EXAR_DVID 0x8d /* Device identification */ + #endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d02f81555362e0032080af62154dca00d5ec99e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Schulte Date: Tue, 20 Nov 2012 11:21:17 -0600 Subject: Add register definitions used in several Exar PCI/PCIe UARTs Add register definitions used in several Exar PCI/PCIe UARTs Signed-off-by: Matt Schulte Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h | 14 +++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h index d0b47607b90b..e6322605b138 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -368,10 +368,22 @@ #define UART_OMAP_MDR1_DISABLE 0x07 /* Disable (default state) */ /* - * These are definitions for the XR17V35X and XR17D15X + * These are definitions for the Exar XR17V35X and XR17(C|D)15X */ +#define UART_EXAR_8XMODE 0x88 /* 8X sampling rate select */ #define UART_EXAR_SLEEP 0x8b /* Sleep mode */ #define UART_EXAR_DVID 0x8d /* Device identification */ +#define UART_EXAR_FCTR 0x08 /* Feature Control Register */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_IRDA 0x08 /* IrDa data encode select */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_485 0x10 /* Auto 485 half duplex dir ctl */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_TRGA 0x00 /* FIFO trigger table A */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_TRGB 0x60 /* FIFO trigger table B */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_TRGC 0x80 /* FIFO trigger table C */ +#define UART_FCTR_EXAR_TRGD 0xc0 /* FIFO trigger table D programmable */ + +#define UART_EXAR_TXTRG 0x0a /* Tx FIFO trigger level write-only */ +#define UART_EXAR_RXTRG 0x0b /* Rx FIFO trigger level write-only */ + #endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 051c7788bcb92f2e98ef86e86651e0420765b121 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sumit Semwal Date: Thu, 14 Jun 2012 10:37:35 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l: Add DMABUF as a memory type Adds DMABUF memory type to v4l framework. Also adds the related file descriptor in v4l2_plane and v4l2_buffer. [original work in the PoC for buffer sharing] Signed-off-by: Tomasz Stanislawski Signed-off-by: Sumit Semwal Signed-off-by: Sumit Semwal Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Tested-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 2fff7ff3e05b..91ac83b21c20 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -186,6 +186,7 @@ enum v4l2_memory { V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP = 1, V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR = 2, V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY = 3, + V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF = 4, }; /* see also http://vektor.theorem.ca/graphics/ycbcr/ */ @@ -602,6 +603,8 @@ struct v4l2_requestbuffers { * should be passed to mmap() called on the video node) * @userptr: when memory is V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer * pointing to this plane + * @fd: when memory is V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF, a userspace file + * descriptor associated with this plane * @data_offset: offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0, * unless there is a header in front of the data * @@ -616,6 +619,7 @@ struct v4l2_plane { union { __u32 mem_offset; unsigned long userptr; + __s32 fd; } m; __u32 data_offset; __u32 reserved[11]; @@ -640,6 +644,8 @@ struct v4l2_plane { * (or a "cookie" that should be passed to mmap() as offset) * @userptr: for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR; * a userspace pointer pointing to this buffer + * @fd: for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF; + * a userspace file descriptor associated with this buffer * @planes: for multiplanar buffers; userspace pointer to the array of plane * info structs for this buffer * @length: size in bytes of the buffer (NOT its payload) for single-plane @@ -666,6 +672,7 @@ struct v4l2_buffer { __u32 offset; unsigned long userptr; struct v4l2_plane *planes; + __s32 fd; } m; __u32 length; __u32 reserved2; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b799d09a157da71566e8013a62073435550cab6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Stanislawski Date: Thu, 14 Jun 2012 11:32:23 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l: add buffer exporting via dmabuf This patch adds extension to V4L2 api. A new ioctl VIDIOC_EXPBUF is added. The ioctl is used to export an mmap buffer as a DMABUF file descriptor. Signed-off-by: Tomasz Stanislawski Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Tested-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 91ac83b21c20..3cf3e946e331 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -694,6 +694,33 @@ struct v4l2_buffer { #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE 0x0800 #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN 0x1000 +/** + * struct v4l2_exportbuffer - export of video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor + * + * @index: id number of the buffer + * @type: enum v4l2_buf_type; buffer type (type == *_MPLANE for + * multiplanar buffers); + * @plane: index of the plane to be exported, 0 for single plane queues + * @flags: flags for newly created file, currently only O_CLOEXEC is + * supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details + * @fd: file descriptor associated with DMABUF (set by driver) + * + * Contains data used for exporting a video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor. + * The buffer is identified by a 'cookie' returned by VIDIOC_QUERYBUF + * (identical to the cookie used to mmap() the buffer to userspace). All + * reserved fields must be set to zero. The field reserved0 is expected to + * become a structure 'type' allowing an alternative layout of the structure + * content. Therefore this field should not be used for any other extensions. + */ +struct v4l2_exportbuffer { + __u32 type; /* enum v4l2_buf_type */ + __u32 index; + __u32 plane; + __u32 flags; + __s32 fd; + __u32 reserved[11]; +}; + /* * O V E R L A Y P R E V I E W */ @@ -1895,6 +1922,7 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { #define VIDIOC_S_FBUF _IOW('V', 11, struct v4l2_framebuffer) #define VIDIOC_OVERLAY _IOW('V', 14, int) #define VIDIOC_QBUF _IOWR('V', 15, struct v4l2_buffer) +#define VIDIOC_EXPBUF _IOWR('V', 16, struct v4l2_exportbuffer) #define VIDIOC_DQBUF _IOWR('V', 17, struct v4l2_buffer) #define VIDIOC_STREAMON _IOW('V', 18, int) #define VIDIOC_STREAMOFF _IOW('V', 19, int) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 42d97a599eb6b2aab3a401b3e5799a399d6c7652 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 8 Nov 2012 18:31:02 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it. This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations right now. Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code by removing the ability to use different channel types. Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if we extend it again later (with the needed capability flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 14 ++++++-------- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 1a9a819cfab0..43cd6fa084c5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -401,8 +401,7 @@ * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the - * frequency for the operation and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE may be - * optionally used to specify additional channel parameters. + * frequency for the operation. * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the @@ -440,12 +439,11 @@ * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the - * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and - * optionally %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) is used to indicate on - * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. If this - * channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel or the - * operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel and - * transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time + * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used + * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was + * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel + * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel + * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe4b31810c06cc6518fb193efb9b3c3289b55832 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 8 Nov 2012 19:20:56 +0100 Subject: nl80211: add documentation for channel type Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 43cd6fa084c5..82b5ad38435b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,15 @@ enum nl80211_ac { #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK +/** + * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type + * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel + * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel + * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel + * below the control channel + * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel + * above the control channel + */ enum nl80211_channel_type { NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, NL80211_CHAN_HT20, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3d9d1d6656a73ea8407734cfb00b81d14ef62d4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 8 Nov 2012 23:14:50 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT) using the control channel frequency (as before) and new attributes for the channel width and first and second center frequency. The old channel type is of course still supported for HT. Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct to support these by adding the relevant fields to it (and removing the _type field.) This also adds new helper functions: - cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def struct given the control channel and channel type, - cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel definitions are identical - cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given channel definitions are compatible, and return the wider of the two This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's missing - regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that even makes sense) - regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it) - a proper channel compatibility calculation for the new channel types Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 61 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 52 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 82b5ad38435b..84f9c7d84c69 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -118,8 +118,9 @@ * to get a list of all present wiphys. * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the + * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting + * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL @@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE and %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT. * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attrs. + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP @@ -471,8 +472,8 @@ * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was * reached. * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ - * and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) the given interface (identifed - * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. + * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface + * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while @@ -566,8 +567,8 @@ * * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating - * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ with - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE. + * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the + * attributes determining channel width. * * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with @@ -771,14 +772,26 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * /sys/class/ieee80211//index * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters - * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, + * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes + * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 + * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 + * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values + * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the + * documentation of the enum for more information. + * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the + * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth + * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the + * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ - * if HT20 or HT40 are allowed (i.e., 802.11n disabled if not included): + * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including * this attribute) * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel + * This attribute is now deprecated. * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 @@ -1553,6 +1566,10 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, + NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, + NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, + NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -2454,6 +2471,32 @@ enum nl80211_channel_type { NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS }; +/** + * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions + * + * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH + * attribute. + * + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 + * attribute must be provided as well + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 + * attribute must be provided as well + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 + * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well + * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 + * attribute must be provided as well + */ +enum nl80211_chan_width { + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, + NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, +}; + /** * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS * -- cgit v1.2.3 From db9c64cf8d9d3fcbc34b09d037f266d1fc9f928c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 9 Nov 2012 14:56:41 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes. Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate calculations are correct, nor that they can't be simplified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 84f9c7d84c69..33a417481ad8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1734,10 +1734,15 @@ struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) - * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 Mhz dualchannel bitrate + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80+80 MHz VHT rate + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ enum nl80211_rate_info { @@ -1747,6 +1752,11 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, /* keep last */ __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53cabad70ecf0c245b41285de64a74a6c3ee9933 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 14 Nov 2012 15:17:28 +0100 Subject: nl80211: support P2P GO powersave configuration If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace to configure the parameters for it. This can be done at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 33a417481ad8..e3e19f8b16f2 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1303,6 +1303,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with + * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands + * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the + * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; + * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS + * no change is made. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1570,6 +1577,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, + NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, + NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3126,6 +3136,10 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. + * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window + * setting + * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic + * powersave */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3139,6 +3153,8 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, + NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, + NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From d871befe357ccc262edbb0a4f9aeea650012edf5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Tue, 27 Nov 2012 14:49:42 +0100 Subject: netfilter: ctnetlink: dump entries from the dying and unconfirmed lists This patch adds a new operation to dump the content of the dying and unconfirmed lists. Under some situations, the global conntrack counter can be inconsistent with the number of entries that we can dump from the conntrack table. The way to resolve this is to allow dumping the content of the unconfirmed and dying lists, so far it was not possible to look at its content. This provides some extra instrumentation to resolve problematic situations in which anyone suspects memory leaks. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h index 43bfe3e1685b..86e930cf3dfb 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ enum cntl_msg_types { IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_CTRZERO, IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_STATS_CPU, IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_STATS, + IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_DYING, + IPCTNL_MSG_CT_GET_UNCONFIRMED, IPCTNL_MSG_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5d097109257c03a71845729f8db6b5770c4bbedc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Michael S. Tsirkin" Date: Mon, 3 Dec 2012 10:07:14 +0000 Subject: tun: only queue packets on device Historically tun supported two modes of operation: - in default mode, a small number of packets would get queued at the device, the rest would be queued in qdisc - in one queue mode, all packets would get queued at the device This might have made sense up to a point where we made the queue depth for both modes the same and set it to a huge value (500) so unless the consumer is stuck the chance of losing packets is small. Thus in practice both modes behave the same, but the default mode has some problems: - if packets are never consumed, fragments are never orphaned which cases a DOS for sender using zero copy transmit - overrun errors are hard to diagnose: fifo error is incremented only once so you can not distinguish between userspace that is stuck and a transient failure, tcpdump on the device does not show any traffic Userspace solves this simply by enabling IFF_ONE_QUEUE but there seems to be little point in not doing the right thing for everyone, by default. Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h index 958497ad5bb5..2835b85fd46d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_tun.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ #define TUN_FASYNC 0x0010 #define TUN_NOCHECKSUM 0x0020 #define TUN_NO_PI 0x0040 +/* This flag has no real effect */ #define TUN_ONE_QUEUE 0x0080 #define TUN_PERSIST 0x0100 #define TUN_VNET_HDR 0x0200 @@ -60,6 +61,7 @@ #define IFF_TUN 0x0001 #define IFF_TAP 0x0002 #define IFF_NO_PI 0x1000 +/* This flag has no real effect */ #define IFF_ONE_QUEUE 0x2000 #define IFF_VNET_HDR 0x4000 #define IFF_TUN_EXCL 0x8000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From d67b8c616b48df30e2836d797795f2420d109bc9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Tue, 4 Dec 2012 01:13:35 +0000 Subject: netconf: advertise mc_forwarding status This patch advertise the MC_FORWARDING status for IPv4 and IPv6. This field is readonly, only multicast engine in the kernel updates it. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netconf.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h index 75dcbc587fb5..64804a798b0c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netconf.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ enum { NETCONFA_IFINDEX, NETCONFA_FORWARDING, NETCONFA_RP_FILTER, + NETCONFA_MC_FORWARDING, __NETCONFA_MAX }; #define NETCONFA_MAX (__NETCONFA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From adfa85e45dac616ff4f8bfceff1621ccafc0b1ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Tue, 4 Dec 2012 01:13:37 +0000 Subject: ipmr/ip6mr: advertise mfc stats via rtnetlink These statistics can be checked only via /proc/net/ip_mr_cache or SIOCGETSGCNT[_IN6] and thus only for the table RT_TABLE_DEFAULT. Advertising them via rtnetlink allows to get statistics for all cache entries, whatever the table is. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 3dee071770d5..80abe27dc2a7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -288,6 +288,7 @@ enum rtattr_type_t { RTA_MP_ALGO, /* no longer used */ RTA_TABLE, RTA_MARK, + RTA_MFC_STATS, __RTA_MAX }; @@ -408,6 +409,12 @@ struct rta_session { } u; }; +struct rta_mfc_stats { + __u64 mfcs_packets; + __u64 mfcs_bytes; + __u64 mfcs_wrong_if; +}; + /**** * General form of address family dependent message. ****/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9a68ac72a44ecb6d4dc4a7cadf45e1a2cd183885 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Tue, 4 Dec 2012 01:13:38 +0000 Subject: ipmr/ip6mr: report origin of mfc entry into rtnl msg A mfc entry can be static or not (added via the mroute_sk socket). The patch reports MFC_STATIC flag into rtm_protocol by setting rtm_protocol to RTPROT_STATIC or RTPROT_MROUTED. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 80abe27dc2a7..33d29cea37ea 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -227,6 +227,7 @@ enum { #define RTPROT_XORP 14 /* XORP */ #define RTPROT_NTK 15 /* Netsukuku */ #define RTPROT_DHCP 16 /* DHCP client */ +#define RTPROT_MROUTED 17 /* Multicast daemon */ /* rtm_scope -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7793eeabc89fd342b96fdadce5a50c46ab77f3f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Wed, 5 Dec 2012 13:51:17 -0700 Subject: PCI: Add and use standard PCI-X Capability register names Add and use #defines for PCI-X Capability registers and fields. Note that the PCI-X Capability has a different layout for type 0 (endpoint) and type 1 (bridge) devices. Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas --- include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h index 20ae747ddf34..4cca834f9abd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ #define PCI_AF_STATUS_TP 0x01 #define PCI_CAP_AF_SIZEOF 6 /* size of AF registers */ -/* PCI-X registers */ +/* PCI-X registers (Type 0 (non-bridge) devices) */ #define PCI_X_CMD 2 /* Modes & Features */ #define PCI_X_CMD_DPERR_E 0x0001 /* Data Parity Error Recovery Enable */ @@ -389,6 +389,19 @@ #define PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V1 24 /* size for Version 1 */ #define PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V2 PCI_CAP_PCIX_SIZEOF_V1 /* Same for v2 */ +/* PCI-X registers (Type 1 (bridge) devices) */ + +#define PCI_X_BRIDGE_SSTATUS 2 /* Secondary Status */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_64BIT 0x0001 /* Secondary AD interface is 64 bits */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_133MHZ 0x0002 /* 133 MHz capable */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_FREQ 0x03c0 /* Secondary Bus Mode and Frequency */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_VERS 0x3000 /* PCI-X Capability Version */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_V1 0x1000 /* Mode 2, not Mode 1 */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_V2 0x2000 /* Mode 1 or Modes 1 and 2 */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_266MHZ 0x4000 /* 266 MHz capable */ +#define PCI_X_SSTATUS_533MHZ 0x8000 /* 533 MHz capable */ +#define PCI_X_BRIDGE_STATUS 4 /* Bridge Status */ + /* PCI Bridge Subsystem ID registers */ #define PCI_SSVID_VENDOR_ID 4 /* PCI-Bridge subsystem vendor id register */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c2d3babfafbb9f6629cfb47139758e59a5eb0d80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 5 Dec 2012 16:24:45 -0500 Subject: bridge: implement multicast fast leave V3: make it a flag V2: make the toggle per-port Fast leave allows bridge to immediately stops the multicast traffic on the port receives IGMP Leave when IGMP snooping is enabled, no timeouts are observed. Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: "David S. Miller" Signed-off-by: Cong Wang --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index bb58aeb7f34d..60f3b6b90602 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -218,6 +218,7 @@ enum { IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, /* mode (hairpin) */ IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD, /* bpdu guard */ IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT, /* root port protection */ + IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE, /* multicast fast leave */ __IFLA_BRPORT_MAX }; #define IFLA_BRPORT_MAX (__IFLA_BRPORT_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a2932923ccf63c419c77aaa18ac09be98f2c94d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mackerras Date: Mon, 19 Nov 2012 22:57:20 +0000 Subject: KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Provide a method for userspace to read and write the HPT A new ioctl, KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD, returns a file descriptor. Reads on this fd return the contents of the HPT (hashed page table), writes create and/or remove entries in the HPT. There is a new capability, KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD, to indicate the presence of the ioctl. The ioctl takes an argument structure with the index of the first HPT entry to read out and a set of flags. The flags indicate whether the user is intending to read or write the HPT, and whether to return all entries or only the "bolted" entries (those with the bolted bit, 0x10, set in the first doubleword). This is intended for use in implementing qemu's savevm/loadvm and for live migration. Therefore, on reads, the first pass returns information about all HPTEs (or all bolted HPTEs). When the first pass reaches the end of the HPT, it returns from the read. Subsequent reads only return information about HPTEs that have changed since they were last read. A read that finds no changed HPTEs in the HPT following where the last read finished will return 0 bytes. The format of the data provides a simple run-length compression of the invalid entries. Each block of data starts with a header that indicates the index (position in the HPT, which is just an array), the number of valid entries starting at that index (may be zero), and the number of invalid entries following those valid entries. The valid entries, 16 bytes each, follow the header. The invalid entries are not explicitly represented. Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras [agraf: fix documentation] Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 494a84c37c3e..e6e5d4b13708 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -634,6 +634,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #endif #define KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE 82 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83 +#define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -859,6 +860,8 @@ struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { #define KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE _IOW(KVMIO, 0xa8, struct kvm_create_spapr_tce) /* Available with KVM_CAP_RMA */ #define KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA _IOR(KVMIO, 0xa9, struct kvm_allocate_rma) +/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD */ +#define KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD _IOW(KVMIO, 0xaa, struct kvm_get_htab_fd) /* * ioctls for vcpu fds -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf66bb93e0f75e0a4ba1ec070692618fa028e994 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Woodhouse Date: Mon, 3 Dec 2012 16:25:40 +0000 Subject: byteorder: allow arch to opt to use GCC intrinsics for byteswapping Since GCC 4.4, there have been __builtin_bswap32() and __builtin_bswap16() intrinsics. A __builtin_bswap16() came a little later (4.6 for PowerPC, 48 for other platforms). By using these instead of the inline assembler that most architectures have in their __arch_swabXX() macros, we let the compiler see what's actually happening. The resulting code should be at least as good, and much *better* in the cases where it can be combined with a nearby load or store, using a load-and-byteswap or store-and-byteswap instruction (e.g. lwbrx/stwbrx on PowerPC, movbe on Atom). When GCC is sufficiently recent *and* the architecture opts in to using the intrinsics by setting CONFIG_ARCH_USE_BUILTIN_BSWAP, they will be used in preference to the __arch_swabXX() macros. An architecture which does not set ARCH_USE_BUILTIN_BSWAP will continue to use its own hand-crafted macros. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin --- include/uapi/linux/swab.h | 12 +++++++++--- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/swab.h b/include/uapi/linux/swab.h index e811474724c2..0e011eb91b5d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/swab.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/swab.h @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ static inline __attribute_const__ __u16 __fswab16(__u16 val) { -#ifdef __arch_swab16 +#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP16__ + return __builtin_bswap16(val); +#elif defined (__arch_swab16) return __arch_swab16(val); #else return ___constant_swab16(val); @@ -54,7 +56,9 @@ static inline __attribute_const__ __u16 __fswab16(__u16 val) static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 __fswab32(__u32 val) { -#ifdef __arch_swab32 +#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP32__ + return __builtin_bswap32(val); +#elif defined(__arch_swab32) return __arch_swab32(val); #else return ___constant_swab32(val); @@ -63,7 +67,9 @@ static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 __fswab32(__u32 val) static inline __attribute_const__ __u64 __fswab64(__u64 val) { -#ifdef __arch_swab64 +#ifdef __HAVE_BUILTIN_BSWAP64__ + return __builtin_bswap64(val); +#elif defined (__arch_swab64) return __arch_swab64(val); #elif defined(__SWAB_64_THRU_32__) __u32 h = val >> 32; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7508320678b7819ac6aeb89580b8622a424ce586 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Wed, 5 Dec 2012 13:51:19 -0700 Subject: PCI: Add standard PCIe Capability Link ASPM field names Add standard #defines for ASPM fields in PCI Express Link Capability and Link Control registers. Previously we used PCIE_LINK_STATE_L0S and PCIE_LINK_STATE_L1 directly, but these are defined for the Linux ASPM interfaces, e.g., pci_disable_link_state(), and only coincidentally match the actual register bits. PCIE_LINK_STATE_CLKPM, also part of that interface, does not match the register bit. Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Reviewed-by: Kenji Kaneshige Acked-by: Kenji Kaneshige --- include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h index 4cca834f9abd..0b6dbe49dc1e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h @@ -469,6 +469,8 @@ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_PN 0xff000000 /* Port Number */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL 16 /* Link Control */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPMC 0x0003 /* ASPM Control */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPM_L0S 0x01 /* L0s Enable */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_ASPM_L1 0x02 /* L1 Enable */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RCB 0x0008 /* Read Completion Boundary */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_LD 0x0010 /* Link Disable */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCTL_RL 0x0020 /* Retrain Link */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ee07c6e7a6f8a25c18f0a6b18152fbd7499245f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cong Wang Date: Fri, 7 Dec 2012 00:04:48 +0000 Subject: bridge: export multicast database via netlink V5: fix two bugs pointed out by Thomas remove seq check for now, mark it as TODO V4: remove some useless #include some coding style fix V3: drop debugging printk's update selinux perm table as well V2: drop patch 1/2, export ifindex directly Redesign netlink attributes Improve netlink seq check Handle IPv6 addr as well This patch exports bridge multicast database via netlink message type RTM_GETMDB. Similar to fdb, but currently bridge-specific. We may need to support modify multicast database too (RTM_{ADD,DEL}MDB). (Thanks to Thomas for patient reviews) Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Thomas Graf Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer Signed-off-by: Cong Wang Acked-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 55 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 58 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index b3885791e11e..9a0f6ff0d7e7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -116,4 +116,59 @@ enum { __IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX, }; #define IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX - 1) + +/* Bridge multicast database attributes + * [MDBA_MDB] = { + * [MDBA_MDB_ENTRY] = { + * [MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_INFO] + * } + * } + * [MDBA_ROUTER] = { + * [MDBA_ROUTER_PORT] + * } + */ +enum { + MDBA_UNSPEC, + MDBA_MDB, + MDBA_ROUTER, + __MDBA_MAX, +}; +#define MDBA_MAX (__MDBA_MAX - 1) + +enum { + MDBA_MDB_UNSPEC, + MDBA_MDB_ENTRY, + __MDBA_MDB_MAX, +}; +#define MDBA_MDB_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_MAX - 1) + +enum { + MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_UNSPEC, + MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_INFO, + __MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX, +}; +#define MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX (__MDBA_MDB_ENTRY_MAX - 1) + +enum { + MDBA_ROUTER_UNSPEC, + MDBA_ROUTER_PORT, + __MDBA_ROUTER_MAX, +}; +#define MDBA_ROUTER_MAX (__MDBA_ROUTER_MAX - 1) + +struct br_port_msg { + __u32 ifindex; +}; + +struct br_mdb_entry { + __u32 ifindex; + struct { + union { + __be32 ip4; + struct in6_addr ip6; + } u; + __be16 proto; + } addr; +}; + #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 33d29cea37ea..354a1e7d32a3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -125,6 +125,9 @@ enum { RTM_GETNETCONF = 82, #define RTM_GETNETCONF RTM_GETNETCONF + RTM_GETMDB = 86, +#define RTM_GETMDB RTM_GETMDB + __RTM_MAX, #define RTM_MAX (((__RTM_MAX + 3) & ~3) - 1) }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 986a4f4d452dec004697f667439d27c3fda9c928 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Wang Date: Fri, 7 Dec 2012 07:04:56 +0000 Subject: virtio_net: multiqueue support This patch adds the multiqueue (VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ) support to virtio_net driver. VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ capable device could allow the driver to do packet transmission and reception through multiple queue pairs and does the packet steering to get better performance. By default, one one queue pair is used, user could change the number of queue pairs by ethtool in the next patch. When multiple queue pairs is used and the number of queue pairs is equal to the number of vcpus. Driver does the following optimizations to implement per-cpu virt queue pairs: - select the txq based on the smp processor id. - smp affinity hint to the cpu that owns the queue pairs. This could be used with the flow steering support of the device to guarantee the packets of a single flow is handled by the same cpu. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar Signed-off-by: Jason Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h index 2470f541af50..848e3584d7c8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h @@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ #define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX_EXTRA 20 /* Extra RX mode control support */ #define VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ANNOUNCE 21 /* Guest can announce device on the * network */ +#define VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ 22 /* Device supports Receive Flow + * Steering */ #define VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP 1 /* Link is up */ #define VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE 2 /* Announcement is needed */ @@ -60,6 +62,11 @@ struct virtio_net_config { __u8 mac[6]; /* See VIRTIO_NET_F_STATUS and VIRTIO_NET_S_* above */ __u16 status; + /* Maximum number of each of transmit and receive queues; + * see VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ and VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ. + * Legal values are between 1 and 0x8000 + */ + __u16 max_virtqueue_pairs; } __attribute__((packed)); /* This is the first element of the scatter-gather list. If you don't @@ -166,4 +173,24 @@ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE 3 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK 0 +/* + * Control Receive Flow Steering + * + * The command VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_SET + * enables Receive Flow Steering, specifying the number of the transmit and + * receive queues that will be used. After the command is consumed and acked by + * the device, the device will not steer new packets on receive virtqueues + * other than specified nor read from transmit virtqueues other than specified. + * Accordingly, driver should not transmit new packets on virtqueues other than + * specified. + */ +struct virtio_net_ctrl_mq { + u16 virtqueue_pairs; +}; + +#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ 4 + #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_SET 0 + #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_MIN 1 + #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ_VQ_PAIRS_MAX 0x8000 + #endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_NET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39a53e0ce0df01b3cf4bb898c7ae2fd2189647d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jaegeuk Kim Date: Wed, 28 Nov 2012 13:37:31 +0900 Subject: f2fs: add superblock and major in-memory structure This adds the following major in-memory structures in f2fs. - f2fs_sb_info: contains f2fs-specific information, two special inode pointers for node and meta address spaces, and orphan inode management. - f2fs_inode_info: contains vfs_inode and other fs-specific information. - f2fs_nm_info: contains node manager information such as NAT entry cache, free nid list, and NAT page management. - f2fs_node_info: represents a node as node id, inode number, block address, and its version. - f2fs_sm_info: contains segment manager information such as SIT entry cache, free segment map, current active logs, dirty segment management, and segment utilization. The specific structures are sit_info, free_segmap_info, dirty_seglist_info, curseg_info. In addition, add F2FS_SUPER_MAGIC in magic.h. Signed-off-by: Chul Lee Signed-off-by: Jaegeuk Kim --- include/uapi/linux/magic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h index e15192cb9cf4..66353ffd06a7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #define EXT4_SUPER_MAGIC 0xEF53 #define BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x9123683E #define NILFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x3434 +#define F2FS_SUPER_MAGIC 0xF2F52010 #define HPFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0xf995e849 #define ISOFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x9660 #define JFFS2_SUPER_MAGIC 0x72b6 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 479e2802d09f1e18a97262c4c6f8f17ae5884bd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 14:16:28 +0200 Subject: mm: mempolicy: Make MPOL_LOCAL a real policy Make MPOL_LOCAL a real and exposed policy such that applications that relied on the previous default behaviour can explicitly request it. Requested-by: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index 23e62e0537e2..3e835c9d847b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ enum { MPOL_PREFERRED, MPOL_BIND, MPOL_INTERLEAVE, + MPOL_LOCAL, MPOL_MAX, /* always last member of enum */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d3a710337b0590f43fd236d5e6518439afc7410a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lee Schermerhorn Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 14:16:29 +0200 Subject: mm: mempolicy: Add MPOL_NOOP This patch augments the MPOL_MF_LAZY feature by adding a "NOOP" policy to mbind(). When the NOOP policy is used with the 'MOVE and 'LAZY flags, mbind() will map the pages PROT_NONE so that they will be migrated on the next touch. This allows an application to prepare for a new phase of operation where different regions of shared storage will be assigned to worker threads, w/o changing policy. Note that we could just use "default" policy in this case. However, this also allows an application to request that pages be migrated, only if necessary, to follow any arbitrary policy that might currently apply to a range of pages, without knowing the policy, or without specifying multiple mbind()s for ranges with different policies. [ Bug in early version of mpol_parse_str() reported by Fengguang Wu. ] Bug-Reported-by: Reported-by: Fengguang Wu Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index 3e835c9d847b..d23dca8367cc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ enum { MPOL_BIND, MPOL_INTERLEAVE, MPOL_LOCAL, + MPOL_NOOP, /* retain existing policy for range */ MPOL_MAX, /* always last member of enum */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 771fb4d806a92bf6c988fcfbd286ae40a9374332 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lee Schermerhorn Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 14:16:30 +0200 Subject: mm: mempolicy: Check for misplaced page This patch provides a new function to test whether a page resides on a node that is appropriate for the mempolicy for the vma and address where the page is supposed to be mapped. This involves looking up the node where the page belongs. So, the function returns that node so that it may be used to allocated the page without consulting the policy again. A subsequent patch will call this function from the fault path. Because of this, I don't want to go ahead and allocate the page, e.g., via alloc_page_vma() only to have to free it if it has the correct policy. So, I just mimic the alloc_page_vma() node computation logic--sort of. Note: we could use this function to implement a MPOL_MF_STRICT behavior when migrating pages to match mbind() mempolicy--e.g., to ensure that pages in an interleaved range are reinterleaved rather than left where they are when they reside on any page in the interleave nodemask. Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds [ Added MPOL_F_LAZY to trigger migrate-on-fault; simplified code now that we don't have to bother with special crap for interleaved ] Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index d23dca8367cc..472de8a5d37e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ enum mpol_rebind_step { #define MPOL_F_SHARED (1 << 0) /* identify shared policies */ #define MPOL_F_LOCAL (1 << 1) /* preferred local allocation */ #define MPOL_F_REBINDING (1 << 2) /* identify policies in rebinding */ +#define MPOL_F_MOF (1 << 3) /* this policy wants migrate on fault */ #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_MEMPOLICY_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b24f53a0bea38b266d219ee651b22dba727c44ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lee Schermerhorn Date: Thu, 25 Oct 2012 14:16:32 +0200 Subject: mm: mempolicy: Add MPOL_MF_LAZY NOTE: Once again there is a lot of patch stealing and the end result is sufficiently different that I had to drop the signed-offs. Will re-add if the original authors are ok with that. This patch adds another mbind() flag to request "lazy migration". The flag, MPOL_MF_LAZY, modifies MPOL_MF_MOVE* such that the selected pages are marked PROT_NONE. The pages will be migrated in the fault path on "first touch", if the policy dictates at that time. "Lazy Migration" will allow testing of migrate-on-fault via mbind(). Also allows applications to specify that only subsequently touched pages be migrated to obey new policy, instead of all pages in range. This can be useful for multi-threaded applications working on a large shared data area that is initialized by an initial thread resulting in all pages on one [or a few, if overflowed] nodes. After PROT_NONE, the pages in regions assigned to the worker threads will be automatically migrated local to the threads on 1st touch. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 13 ++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index 472de8a5d37e..6a1baae3775d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -49,9 +49,16 @@ enum mpol_rebind_step { /* Flags for mbind */ #define MPOL_MF_STRICT (1<<0) /* Verify existing pages in the mapping */ -#define MPOL_MF_MOVE (1<<1) /* Move pages owned by this process to conform to mapping */ -#define MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL (1<<2) /* Move every page to conform to mapping */ -#define MPOL_MF_INTERNAL (1<<3) /* Internal flags start here */ +#define MPOL_MF_MOVE (1<<1) /* Move pages owned by this process to conform + to policy */ +#define MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL (1<<2) /* Move every page to conform to policy */ +#define MPOL_MF_LAZY (1<<3) /* Modifies '_MOVE: lazy migrate on fault */ +#define MPOL_MF_INTERNAL (1<<4) /* Internal flags start here */ + +#define MPOL_MF_VALID (MPOL_MF_STRICT | \ + MPOL_MF_MOVE | \ + MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL | \ + MPOL_MF_LAZY) /* * Internal flags that share the struct mempolicy flags word with -- cgit v1.2.3 From a720094ded8cbb303111035be91858011d2eac71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Fri, 16 Nov 2012 09:37:58 +0000 Subject: mm: mempolicy: Hide MPOL_NOOP and MPOL_MF_LAZY from userspace for now The use of MPOL_NOOP and MPOL_MF_LAZY to allow an application to explicitly request lazy migration is a good idea but the actual API has not been well reviewed and once released we have to support it. For now this patch prevents an application using the services. This will need to be revisited. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index 6a1baae3775d..16fb4e6efbc4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ enum { MPOL_BIND, MPOL_INTERLEAVE, MPOL_LOCAL, - MPOL_NOOP, /* retain existing policy for range */ MPOL_MAX, /* always last member of enum */ }; @@ -57,8 +56,7 @@ enum mpol_rebind_step { #define MPOL_MF_VALID (MPOL_MF_STRICT | \ MPOL_MF_MOVE | \ - MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL | \ - MPOL_MF_LAZY) + MPOL_MF_MOVE_ALL) /* * Internal flags that share the struct mempolicy flags word with -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5606e3877ad8baea42f3a71ebde0a03622bbb551 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Fri, 2 Nov 2012 18:19:13 +0000 Subject: mm: numa: Migrate on reference policy This is the simplest possible policy that still does something of note. When a pte_numa is faulted, it is moved immediately. Any replacement policy must at least do better than this and in all likelihood this policy regresses normal workloads. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Acked-by: Rik van Riel --- include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h index 16fb4e6efbc4..0d11c3dcd3a1 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mempolicy.h @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ enum mpol_rebind_step { #define MPOL_F_LOCAL (1 << 1) /* preferred local allocation */ #define MPOL_F_REBINDING (1 << 2) /* identify policies in rebinding */ #define MPOL_F_MOF (1 << 3) /* this policy wants migrate on fault */ +#define MPOL_F_MORON (1 << 4) /* Migrate On pte_numa Reference On Node */ #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_MEMPOLICY_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 895464fa4b52f0e5a2ceffc173bad012be02b465 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Wed, 12 Dec 2012 06:58:52 +0000 Subject: uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list Add netconf.h for use by iproute2. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/Kbuild | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild index e194387ef784..2564a968ca48 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild @@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ header-y += neighbour.h header-y += net.h header-y += net_dropmon.h header-y += net_tstamp.h +header-y += netconf.h header-y += netdevice.h header-y += netfilter.h header-y += netfilter_arp.h -- cgit v1.2.3 From 37a393bc4932d7bac360f40064aaafc01ab44901 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cong Wang Date: Tue, 11 Dec 2012 22:23:07 +0000 Subject: bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink As Stephen mentioned, we need to monitor the mdb changes in user-space, so add notifications via netlink too. Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: Cong Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 354a1e7d32a3..7a5eb196ade9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -125,6 +125,10 @@ enum { RTM_GETNETCONF = 82, #define RTM_GETNETCONF RTM_GETNETCONF + RTM_NEWMDB = 84, +#define RTM_NEWMDB RTM_NEWMDB + RTM_DELMDB = 85, +#define RTM_DELMDB RTM_DELMDB RTM_GETMDB = 86, #define RTM_GETMDB RTM_GETMDB @@ -607,6 +611,8 @@ enum rtnetlink_groups { #define RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV4_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF, #define RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF RTNLGRP_IPV6_NETCONF + RTNLGRP_MDB, +#define RTNLGRP_MDB RTNLGRP_MDB __RTNLGRP_MAX }; #define RTNLGRP_MAX (__RTNLGRP_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From cfd567543590f71ca0af397437e2554f9756d750 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cong Wang Date: Tue, 11 Dec 2012 22:23:08 +0000 Subject: bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries This patch implents adding/deleting mdb entries via netlink. Currently all entries are temp, we probably need a flag to distinguish permanent entries too. Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: Cong Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index 9a0f6ff0d7e7..afbb18a0227c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -157,6 +157,7 @@ enum { #define MDBA_ROUTER_MAX (__MDBA_ROUTER_MAX - 1) struct br_port_msg { + __u8 family; __u32 ifindex; }; @@ -171,4 +172,11 @@ struct br_mdb_entry { } addr; }; +enum { + MDBA_SET_ENTRY_UNSPEC, + MDBA_SET_ENTRY, + __MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX, +}; +#define MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX (__MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX - 1) + #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_IF_BRIDGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d4676eac0de2e6d88eb3e2c02b4e9813d7d7f205 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yan Burman Date: Wed, 12 Dec 2012 02:13:17 +0000 Subject: net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API Add ability to specify destination MAC address for L3/L4 flow spec in order to be able to specify action for different VM's under vSwitch configuration. This change is transparent to older userspace. Signed-off-by: Yan Burman Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h | 11 +++++++---- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h b/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h index d3eaaaf1009e..be8c41e2dc15 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h @@ -500,13 +500,15 @@ union ethtool_flow_union { struct ethtool_ah_espip4_spec esp_ip4_spec; struct ethtool_usrip4_spec usr_ip4_spec; struct ethhdr ether_spec; - __u8 hdata[60]; + __u8 hdata[52]; }; struct ethtool_flow_ext { - __be16 vlan_etype; - __be16 vlan_tci; - __be32 data[2]; + __u8 padding[2]; + unsigned char h_dest[ETH_ALEN]; /* destination eth addr */ + __be16 vlan_etype; + __be16 vlan_tci; + __be32 data[2]; }; /** @@ -1027,6 +1029,7 @@ enum ethtool_sfeatures_retval_bits { #define ETHER_FLOW 0x12 /* spec only (ether_spec) */ /* Flag to enable additional fields in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec */ #define FLOW_EXT 0x80000000 +#define FLOW_MAC_EXT 0x40000000 /* L3-L4 network traffic flow hash options */ #define RXH_L2DA (1 << 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc2e57340deb8be1133b1eae2c7d4303133c133c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yan Burman Date: Thu, 13 Dec 2012 05:20:59 +0000 Subject: net: ethool: Document struct ethtool_flow_ext Add documentation for struct ethtool_flow_ext especially in regard to what flags are needed for which fields. Signed-off-by: Yan Burman Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h | 16 ++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h b/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h index be8c41e2dc15..0c9b44871df0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h @@ -503,9 +503,20 @@ union ethtool_flow_union { __u8 hdata[52]; }; +/** + * struct ethtool_flow_ext - additional RX flow fields + * @h_dest: destination MAC address + * @vlan_etype: VLAN EtherType + * @vlan_tci: VLAN tag control information + * @data: user defined data + * + * Note, @vlan_etype, @vlan_tci, and @data are only valid if %FLOW_EXT + * is set in &struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec @flow_type. + * @h_dest is valid if %FLOW_MAC_EXT is set. + */ struct ethtool_flow_ext { __u8 padding[2]; - unsigned char h_dest[ETH_ALEN]; /* destination eth addr */ + unsigned char h_dest[ETH_ALEN]; __be16 vlan_etype; __be16 vlan_tci; __be32 data[2]; @@ -519,7 +530,8 @@ struct ethtool_flow_ext { * @m_u: Masks for flow field bits to be matched * @m_ext: Masks for additional field bits to be matched * Note, all additional fields must be ignored unless @flow_type - * includes the %FLOW_EXT flag. + * includes the %FLOW_EXT or %FLOW_MAC_EXT flag + * (see &struct ethtool_flow_ext description). * @ring_cookie: RX ring/queue index to deliver to, or %RX_CLS_FLOW_DISC * if packets should be discarded * @location: Location of rule in the table. Locations must be -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f3238aebedb243804f58d62d57244edec4149b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rusty Russell Date: Mon, 22 Oct 2012 18:09:41 +1030 Subject: module: add flags arg to sys_finit_module() Thanks to Michael Kerrisk for keeping us honest. These flags are actually useful for eliminating the only case where kmod has to mangle a module's internals: for overriding module versioning. Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell Acked-by: Lucas De Marchi Acked-by: Kees Cook --- include/uapi/linux/module.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/module.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/module.h b/include/uapi/linux/module.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38da4258b12f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/module.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_MODULE_H +#define _UAPI_LINUX_MODULE_H + +/* Flags for sys_finit_module: */ +#define MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_MODVERSIONS 1 +#define MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_VERMAGIC 2 + +#endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_MODULE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb1c31a7a8744cd153a7d92b726a56b56ad61d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amerigo Wang Date: Fri, 14 Dec 2012 22:09:51 +0000 Subject: bridge: add flags to distinguish permanent mdb entires This patch adds a flag to each mdb entry, so that we can distinguish permanent entries with temporary entries. Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: "David S. Miller" Signed-off-by: Cong Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index afbb18a0227c..5db297514aec 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -163,6 +163,9 @@ struct br_port_msg { struct br_mdb_entry { __u32 ifindex; +#define MDB_TEMPORARY 0 +#define MDB_PERMANENT 1 + __u8 state; struct { union { __be32 ip4; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 992fb6e170639b0849bace8e49bf31bd37c4123c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleg Nesterov Date: Mon, 17 Dec 2012 16:03:07 -0800 Subject: ptrace: introduce PTRACE_O_EXITKILL Ptrace jailers want to be sure that the tracee can never escape from the control. However if the tracer dies unexpectedly the tracee continues to run in potentially unsafe mode. Add the new ptrace option PTRACE_O_EXITKILL. If the tracer exits it sends SIGKILL to every tracee which has this bit set. Note that the new option is not equal to the last-option << 1. Because currently all options have an event, and the new one starts the eventless group. It uses the random 20 bit, so we have the room for 12 more events, but we can also add the new eventless options below this one. Suggested by Amnon Shiloh. Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov Tested-by: Amnon Shiloh Cc: Denys Vlasenko Cc: Michael Kerrisk Cc: Serge Hallyn Cc: Chris Evans Cc: David Howells Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h b/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h index 1ef6c056a9e4..022ab186a812 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h @@ -73,7 +73,10 @@ #define PTRACE_O_TRACEEXIT (1 << PTRACE_EVENT_EXIT) #define PTRACE_O_TRACESECCOMP (1 << PTRACE_EVENT_SECCOMP) -#define PTRACE_O_MASK 0x000000ff +/* eventless options */ +#define PTRACE_O_EXITKILL (1 << 20) + +#define PTRACE_O_MASK (0x000000ff | PTRACE_O_EXITKILL) #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1b6370463e88b0c1c317de16d7b962acc1dab4f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Sjur=20Br=C3=A6ndeland?= Date: Fri, 14 Dec 2012 14:40:51 +1030 Subject: virtio_console: Add support for remoteproc serial MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Add a simple serial connection driver called VIRTIO_ID_RPROC_SERIAL (11) for communicating with a remote processor in an asymmetric multi-processing configuration. This implementation reuses the existing virtio_console implementation, and adds support for DMA allocation of data buffers and disables use of tty console and the virtio control queue. Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland Acked-by: Amit Shah Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h index 270fb22c5811..a7630d04029f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h @@ -37,5 +37,6 @@ #define VIRTIO_ID_RPMSG 7 /* virtio remote processor messaging */ #define VIRTIO_ID_SCSI 8 /* virtio scsi */ #define VIRTIO_ID_9P 9 /* 9p virtio console */ +#define VIRTIO_ID_RPROC_SERIAL 11 /* virtio remoteproc serial link */ #endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_IDS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c196f6ee61e42df9acec797ab41a0c8d87e8aa2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Manjunath Hadli Date: Thu, 18 Oct 2012 07:54:59 -0300 Subject: [media] media: add new mediabus format enums for dm365 add new enum entries for supporting the media-bus formats on dm365. These include some bayer and some non-bayer formats. V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16 and V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UV8_1X8 are used internal to the hardware by the resizer. V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8 represents the bayer ALAW format that is supported by dm365 hardware. Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar Acked-by: Sakari Ailus Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h | 10 ++++++++-- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h index 7d64e0e1a18b..e860f55820ec 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h @@ -47,8 +47,9 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE = 0x1007, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE = 0x1008, - /* YUV (including grey) - next is 0x2014 */ + /* YUV (including grey) - next is 0x2016 */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y8_1X8 = 0x2001, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UV8_1X8 = 0x2015, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8 = 0x2002, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1_5X8 = 0x2003, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1_5X8 = 0x2004, @@ -65,14 +66,19 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16 = 0x2010, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16 = 0x2011, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16 = 0x2012, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16 = 0x2014, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20 = 0x200d, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20 = 0x200e, - /* Bayer - next is 0x3015 */ + /* Bayer - next is 0x3019 */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR8_1X8 = 0x3001, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG8_1X8 = 0x3013, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG8_1X8 = 0x3002, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB8_1X8 = 0x3014, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8 = 0x3015, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG10_ALAW8_1X8 = 0x3016, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG10_ALAW8_1X8 = 0x3017, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB10_ALAW8_1X8 = 0x3018, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8 = 0x300b, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG10_DPCM8_1X8 = 0x300c, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG10_DPCM8_1X8 = 0x3009, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 05ad6fc1d54f106d5b8c598e2f9b59b12f3fb476 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Manjunath Hadli Date: Thu, 18 Oct 2012 07:58:02 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: add new pixel formats supported on dm365 add new macro V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 and associated formats to represent Bayer format frames compressed by A-LAW algorithm, add V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8 to represent storage of CbCr data (UV interleaved) only. Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar Acked-by: Sakari Ailus Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 3cf3e946e331..39d2cecdf38c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -334,6 +334,9 @@ struct v4l2_pix_format { /* Palette formats */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8 v4l2_fourcc('P', 'A', 'L', '8') /* 8 8-bit palette */ +/* Chrominance formats */ +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8 v4l2_fourcc('U', 'V', '8', ' ') /* 8 UV 4:4 */ + /* Luminance+Chrominance formats */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'U', '9') /* 9 YVU 4:1:0 */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', '1', '2') /* 12 YVU 4:2:0 */ @@ -386,6 +389,11 @@ struct v4l2_pix_format { #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12 v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', '1', '2') /* 12 GBGB.. RGRG.. */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '1', '2') /* 12 GRGR.. BGBG.. */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12 v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', '1', '2') /* 12 RGRG.. GBGB.. */ + /* 10bit raw bayer a-law compressed to 8 bits */ +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'B', 'A', '8') +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'G', 'A', '8') +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'g', 'A', '8') +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8 v4l2_fourcc('a', 'R', 'A', '8') /* 10bit raw bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('b', 'B', 'A', '8') #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8 v4l2_fourcc('b', 'G', 'A', '8') -- cgit v1.2.3 From 031b6566983ad9c0247087f039af22b3f87596a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Al Viro Date: Sun, 18 Nov 2012 15:13:17 -0500 Subject: unify SS_ONSTACK/SS_DISABLE definitions Signed-off-by: Al Viro --- include/uapi/linux/signal.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/signal.h b/include/uapi/linux/signal.h index dff452ed6d00..e1bd50c29ded 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/signal.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/signal.h @@ -4,5 +4,7 @@ #include #include +#define SS_ONSTACK 1 +#define SS_DISABLE 2 #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_SIGNAL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1202ecdc24fc88d5b144824f55ec9c8899591caf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sakari Ailus Date: Sun, 21 Oct 2012 16:02:47 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l: Define video buffer flags for timestamp types Define video buffer flags for different timestamp types. Everything up to now have used either realtime clock or monotonic clock, without a way to tell which clock the timestamp was taken from. Also document that the clock source of the timestamp in the timestamp field depends on buffer flags. [mchehab@redhat.com: fix a few wrong references to Kernel 3.8 - as this patch is meant for 3.9] Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 39d2cecdf38c..94cbe26e9f00 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -701,6 +701,10 @@ struct v4l2_buffer { /* Cache handling flags */ #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE 0x0800 #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN 0x1000 +/* Timestamp type */ +#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK 0xe000 +#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN 0x0000 +#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC 0x2000 /** * struct v4l2_exportbuffer - export of video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor -- cgit v1.2.3 From b01189b85b7653a51ebe851fc4d70702cebfed3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sylwester Nawrocki Date: Wed, 28 Nov 2012 14:40:32 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: DocBook: Add V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30 media bus pixel code This patch adds definition of media bus code for YUV pixel format transferred in 30-bit samples where each component has 10 bits width. [mchehab@redhat.com: fix a merge conflict at v4l2-mediabus.h] Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h index e860f55820ec..b9b7bea04537 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE = 0x1007, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE = 0x1008, - /* YUV (including grey) - next is 0x2016 */ + /* YUV (including grey) - next is 0x2017 */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y8_1X8 = 0x2001, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UV8_1X8 = 0x2015, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8 = 0x2002, @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16 = 0x2014, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20 = 0x200d, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20 = 0x200e, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30 = 0x2016, /* Bayer - next is 0x3019 */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR8_1X8 = 0x3001, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5023e5cf58e1dae904e2e8b5b9779c33512b75a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mikulas Patocka Date: Fri, 21 Dec 2012 20:23:36 +0000 Subject: dm ioctl: remove PF_MEMALLOC When allocating memory for the userspace ioctl data, set some appropriate GPF flags directly instead of using PF_MEMALLOC. Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon --- include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h index 91e3a360f611..539b179b349c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ enum { #define DM_VERSION_MAJOR 4 #define DM_VERSION_MINOR 23 -#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 0 -#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA "-ioctl (2012-07-25)" +#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 1 +#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA "-ioctl (2012-12-18)" /* Status bits */ #define DM_READONLY_FLAG (1 << 0) /* In/Out */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 130f1b8f35f14d27c43da755f3c9226318c17f57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Wed, 26 Dec 2012 10:39:23 -0700 Subject: PCI: Add PCIe Link Capability link speed and width names Add standard #defines for the Supported Link Speeds field in the PCIe Link Capabilities register. Note that prior to PCIe spec r3.0, these encodings were defined: 0001b 2.5GT/s Link speed supported 0010b 5.0GT/s and 2.5GT/s Link speed supported Starting with spec r3.0, these encodings refer to bits 0 and 1 in the Supported Link Speeds Vector in the Link Capabilities 2 register, and bits 0 and 1 there mean 2.5 GT/s and 5.0 GT/s, respectively. Therefore, code that followed r2.0 and interpreted 0x1 as 2.5GT/s and 0x2 as 5.0GT/s will continue to work, and we can identify a device using the new encodings because it will have a non-zero Link Capabilities 2 register. Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas --- include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h index 6b7b6f1e2fd6..ebfadc56d1b4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h @@ -458,6 +458,8 @@ #define PCI_EXP_DEVSTA_TRPND 0x20 /* Transactions Pending */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP 12 /* Link Capabilities */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS 0x0000000f /* Supported Link Speeds */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_2_5GB 0x1 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 0 (2.5GT/s) */ +#define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_SLS_5_0GB 0x2 /* LNKCAP2 SLS Vector bit 1 (5.0GT/s) */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_MLW 0x000003f0 /* Maximum Link Width */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_ASPMS 0x00000c00 /* ASPM Support */ #define PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_L0SEL 0x00007000 /* L0s Exit Latency */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9a57247f31e361f80508c40363366222dbbb6aa5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Thu, 27 Dec 2012 23:49:39 +0000 Subject: rtnl: expose carrier value with possibility to set it Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko Acked-by: Flavio Leitner Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 60f3b6b90602..c4edfe11f1f7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ enum { #define IFLA_PROMISCUITY IFLA_PROMISCUITY IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES, IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES, + IFLA_CARRIER, __IFLA_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fee5dfecb0c74c9eab475a2a20d7a5ababe2f8e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Herrmann Date: Mon, 17 Dec 2012 13:20:43 +0100 Subject: HID: uhid: use __packed__ for uhid_feature_answer_req We use __packed__ for all API structures so we can extend them without breaking alignment rules. We do try to explicitly align the structures, but to be safe we also use __packed__. uhid_feature_answer_req is already 64bit aligned so we can add __packed__ without breaking ABI. Signed-off-by: David Herrmann Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/uapi/linux/uhid.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/uhid.h b/include/uapi/linux/uhid.h index 9c6974f16966..e9ed951e2b09 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/uhid.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/uhid.h @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ struct uhid_feature_answer_req { __u16 err; __u16 size; __u8 data[UHID_DATA_MAX]; -}; +} __attribute__((__packed__)); struct uhid_event { __u32 type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d582cffbcd04eae0bd8a83b05648bfd54bfd21c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 26 Oct 2012 17:53:44 +0200 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode Today, stations are added already associated. That is inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room for stations any more because then the station will go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to be kicked out afterwards. To address this a bit better, at least with drivers using the new station state callback, allow hostapd to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus if there's no more space at that point, it can send a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle later state transition errors though, of course. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index e3e19f8b16f2..547017100a30 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1697,6 +1697,9 @@ enum nl80211_iftype { * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected * as errors.) + * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers + * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a + * previously added station into associated state * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1708,6 +1711,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_flags { NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, + NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3140,6 +3144,17 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * setting * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic * powersave + * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state + * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver + * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding + * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated + * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag + * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply + * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized + * states using station flags. + * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add + * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated + * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3155,6 +3170,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, + NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 13, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a674f34ba04a002244edaf891b5da7fc1473ae8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stanislav Kinsbursky Date: Fri, 4 Jan 2013 15:34:55 -0800 Subject: ipc: introduce message queue copy feature This patch is required for checkpoint/restore in userspace. c/r requires some way to get all pending IPC messages without deleting them from the queue (checkpoint can fail and in this case tasks will be resumed, so queue have to be valid). To achive this, new operation flag MSG_COPY for sys_msgrcv() system call was introduced. If this flag was specified, then mtype is interpreted as number of the message to copy. If MSG_COPY is set, then kernel will allocate dummy message with passed size, and then use new copy_msg() helper function to copy desired message (instead of unlinking it from the queue). Notes: 1) Return -ENOSYS if MSG_COPY is specified, but CONFIG_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE is not set. Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky Cc: Serge Hallyn Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" Cc: Pavel Emelyanov Cc: Al Viro Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Michael Kerrisk Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/msg.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/msg.h b/include/uapi/linux/msg.h index 78dbd2f996a3..22d95c6854e0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/msg.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/msg.h @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ /* msgrcv options */ #define MSG_NOERROR 010000 /* no error if message is too big */ #define MSG_EXCEPT 020000 /* recv any msg except of specified type.*/ +#define MSG_COPY 040000 /* copy (not remove) all queue messages */ /* Obsolete, used only for backwards compatibility and libc5 compiles */ struct msqid_ds { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24b9f50170f55a3179c6f6d51022eb7d50502d05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sylwester Nawrocki Date: Thu, 3 Jan 2013 12:30:30 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: Remove deprecated image centering controls It has been over 3 years since the V4L2_CID_[HV]CENTER were deprecated. Clean up the DocBook and remove the V4L2_CID_VCENTER_DEPRECATED, V4L2_CID_VCENTER_DEPRECATED control related paragraphs. Remove the V4L2_CID_[HV]CENTER controls definitions from v4l2-controls.h, these controls are not used by any driver in the mainline now. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index f56c945cecd4..4dc0822700fe 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -88,10 +88,6 @@ #define V4L2_CID_HFLIP (V4L2_CID_BASE+20) #define V4L2_CID_VFLIP (V4L2_CID_BASE+21) -/* Deprecated; use V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET and V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET */ -#define V4L2_CID_HCENTER (V4L2_CID_BASE+22) -#define V4L2_CID_VCENTER (V4L2_CID_BASE+23) - #define V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY (V4L2_CID_BASE+24) enum v4l2_power_line_frequency { V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED = 0, -- cgit v1.2.3 From bb65a9cb953fdfe9c507e8dbb6c4ec2540484bd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Li RongQing Date: Fri, 28 Dec 2012 16:06:28 +0800 Subject: xfrm: removes a superfluous check and add a statistic Remove the check if x->km.state equal to XFRM_STATE_VALID in xfrm_state_check_expire(), which will be done before call xfrm_state_check_expire(). add a LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEINVALID statistic to record the outbound error due to invalid xfrm state. Signed-off-by: Li RongQing Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert --- include/uapi/linux/snmp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h index fdfba235f9f1..b49eab89c9fd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h @@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ enum LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTPOLDEAD, /* XfrmOutPolDead */ LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTPOLERROR, /* XfrmOutPolError */ LINUX_MIB_XFRMFWDHDRERROR, /* XfrmFwdHdrError*/ + LINUX_MIB_XFRMOUTSTATEINVALID, /* XfrmOutStateInvalid */ __LINUX_MIB_XFRMMAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d8346b7d9bab37e6cc712ff1622c65ff98bdfef8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cornelia Huck Date: Thu, 20 Dec 2012 15:32:08 +0100 Subject: KVM: s390: Support for I/O interrupts. Add support for handling I/O interrupts (standard, subchannel-related ones and rudimentary adapter interrupts). The subchannel-identifying parameters are encoded into the interrupt type. I/O interrupts are floating, so they can't be injected on a specific vcpu. Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf Reviewed-by: Marcelo Tosatti Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index e6e5d4b13708..54540bdd3340 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -401,6 +401,15 @@ struct kvm_s390_psw { #define KVM_S390_INT_SERVICE 0xffff2401u #define KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY 0xffff1201u #define KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL 0xffff1202u +/* Anything below 0xfffe0000u is taken by INT_IO */ +#define KVM_S390_INT_IO(ai,cssid,ssid,schid) \ + (((schid)) | \ + ((ssid) << 16) | \ + ((cssid) << 18) | \ + ((ai) << 26)) +#define KVM_S390_INT_IO_MIN 0x00000000u +#define KVM_S390_INT_IO_MAX 0xfffdffffu + struct kvm_s390_interrupt { __u32 type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 48a3e950f4cee6a345ffbe9baf599f1e9a54c479 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cornelia Huck Date: Thu, 20 Dec 2012 15:32:09 +0100 Subject: KVM: s390: Add support for machine checks. Add support for injecting machine checks (only repressible conditions for now). This is a bit more involved than I/O interrupts, for these reasons: - Machine checks come in both floating and cpu varieties. - We don't have a bit for machine checks enabling, but have to use a roundabout approach with trapping PSW changing instructions and watching for opened machine checks. Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf Reviewed-by: Marcelo Tosatti Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 54540bdd3340..80bb3b801116 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -397,6 +397,7 @@ struct kvm_s390_psw { #define KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT 0xfffe0001u #define KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX 0xfffe0002u #define KVM_S390_RESTART 0xfffe0003u +#define KVM_S390_MCHK 0xfffe1000u #define KVM_S390_INT_VIRTIO 0xffff2603u #define KVM_S390_INT_SERVICE 0xffff2401u #define KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY 0xffff1201u -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa6b7fe9928d50444c29b29c8563746c6b0c6299 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cornelia Huck Date: Thu, 20 Dec 2012 15:32:12 +0100 Subject: KVM: s390: Add support for channel I/O instructions. Add a new capability, KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT, which will pass intercepts for channel I/O instructions to userspace. Only I/O instructions interacting with I/O interrupts need to be handled in-kernel: - TEST PENDING INTERRUPTION (tpi) dequeues and stores pending interrupts entirely in-kernel. - TEST SUBCHANNEL (tsch) dequeues pending interrupts in-kernel and exits via KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH to userspace for subchannel- related processing. Reviewed-by: Marcelo Tosatti Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 80bb3b801116..8bb0bf83afc5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -168,6 +168,7 @@ struct kvm_pit_config { #define KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL 19 #define KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL 20 #define KVM_EXIT_WATCHDOG 21 +#define KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH 22 /* For KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR */ /* Emulate instruction failed. */ @@ -285,6 +286,15 @@ struct kvm_run { __u64 ret; __u64 args[9]; } papr_hcall; + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH */ + struct { + __u16 subchannel_id; + __u16 subchannel_nr; + __u32 io_int_parm; + __u32 io_int_word; + __u32 ipb; + __u8 dequeued; + } s390_tsch; /* Fix the size of the union. */ char padding[256]; }; @@ -645,6 +655,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE 82 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84 +#define KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT 85 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -- cgit v1.2.3 From 390a1bd8538132186ddb679cafe9e75b7ef7e2d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Ortiz Date: Wed, 19 Dec 2012 19:11:32 +0100 Subject: NFC: Initial Secure Element API Each NFC adapter can have several links to different secure elements and that property needs to be exported by the drivers. A secure element link can be enabled and disabled, and card emulation will be handled by the currently active one. Otherwise card emulation will be host implemented. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index 0e63cee8d810..80e4ecd8c04c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ * subsequent CONNECT and CC messages. * If one of the passed parameters is wrong none is set and -EINVAL is * returned. + * @NFC_CMD_ENABLE_SE: Enable the physical link to a specific secure element. + * Once enabled a secure element will handle card emulation mode, i.e. + * starting a poll from a device which has a secure element enabled means + * we want to do SE based card emulation. + * @NFC_CMD_DISABLE_SE: Disable the physical link to a specific secure element. */ enum nfc_commands { NFC_CMD_UNSPEC, @@ -86,6 +91,8 @@ enum nfc_commands { NFC_EVENT_TM_DEACTIVATED, NFC_CMD_LLC_GET_PARAMS, NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS, + NFC_CMD_ENABLE_SE, + NFC_CMD_DISABLE_SE, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_CMD_AFTER_LAST }; @@ -114,6 +121,7 @@ enum nfc_commands { * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO: Link TimeOut parameter * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW: Receive Window size parameter * @NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX: MIU eXtension parameter + * @NFC_ATTR_SE: Available Secure Elements */ enum nfc_attrs { NFC_ATTR_UNSPEC, @@ -134,6 +142,7 @@ enum nfc_attrs { NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_LTO, NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW, NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX, + NFC_ATTR_SE, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST }; @@ -172,6 +181,11 @@ enum nfc_attrs { #define NFC_PROTO_NFC_DEP_MASK (1 << NFC_PROTO_NFC_DEP) #define NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_B_MASK (1 << NFC_PROTO_ISO14443_B) +/* NFC Secure Elements */ +#define NFC_SE_NONE 0x0 +#define NFC_SE_UICC 0x1 +#define NFC_SE_EMBEDDED 0x2 + struct sockaddr_nfc { sa_family_t sa_family; __u32 dev_idx; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1c810636556c8d53a37406b34a64d9b9b0161aa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexander Graf Date: Fri, 4 Jan 2013 18:12:48 +0100 Subject: KVM: PPC: BookE: Implement EPR exit The External Proxy Facility in FSL BookE chips allows the interrupt controller to automatically acknowledge an interrupt as soon as a core gets its pending external interrupt delivered. Today, user space implements the interrupt controller, so we need to check on it during such a cycle. This patch implements logic for user space to enable EPR exiting, disable EPR exiting and EPR exiting itself, so that user space can acknowledge an interrupt when an external interrupt has successfully been delivered into the guest vcpu. Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 8bb0bf83afc5..9a2db5767ed5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -169,6 +169,7 @@ struct kvm_pit_config { #define KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL 20 #define KVM_EXIT_WATCHDOG 21 #define KVM_EXIT_S390_TSCH 22 +#define KVM_EXIT_EPR 23 /* For KVM_EXIT_INTERNAL_ERROR */ /* Emulate instruction failed. */ @@ -295,6 +296,10 @@ struct kvm_run { __u32 ipb; __u8 dequeued; } s390_tsch; + /* KVM_EXIT_EPR */ + struct { + __u32 epr; + } epr; /* Fix the size of the union. */ char padding[256]; }; @@ -656,6 +661,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84 #define KVM_CAP_S390_CSS_SUPPORT 85 +#define KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR 86 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b9205bd775afc4439ed86d617f9042ee9e76a71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kees Cook Date: Fri, 11 Jan 2013 14:32:05 -0800 Subject: audit: create explicit AUDIT_SECCOMP event type The seccomp path was using AUDIT_ANOM_ABEND from when seccomp mode 1 could only kill a process. While we still want to make sure an audit record is forced on a kill, this should use a separate record type since seccomp mode 2 introduces other behaviors. In the case of "handled" behaviors (process wasn't killed), only emit a record if the process is under inspection. This change also fixes userspace examination of seccomp audit events, since it was considered malformed due to missing fields of the AUDIT_ANOM_ABEND event type. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook Cc: Al Viro Cc: Eric Paris Cc: Jeff Layton Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" Cc: Julien Tinnes Acked-by: Will Drewry Acked-by: Steve Grubb Cc: Andrea Arcangeli Cc: Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/audit.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h index 76352ac45f24..09a2d94ab113 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ #define AUDIT_MMAP 1323 /* Record showing descriptor and flags in mmap */ #define AUDIT_NETFILTER_PKT 1324 /* Packets traversing netfilter chains */ #define AUDIT_NETFILTER_CFG 1325 /* Netfilter chain modifications */ +#define AUDIT_SECCOMP 1326 /* Secure Computing event */ #define AUDIT_AVC 1400 /* SE Linux avc denial or grant */ #define AUDIT_SELINUX_ERR 1401 /* Internal SE Linux Errors */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c0a3a20b6c4b5229ef5d26fd9b1c4b1957632aa7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Frysinger Date: Fri, 11 Jan 2013 14:32:13 -0800 Subject: linux/audit.h: move ptrace.h include to kernel header While the kernel internals want pt_regs (and so it includes linux/ptrace.h), the user version of audit.h does not need it. So move the include out of the uapi version. This avoids issues where people want the audit defines and userland ptrace api. Including both the kernel ptrace and the userland ptrace headers can easily lead to failure. Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger Cc: Eric Paris Cc: Al Viro Reviewed-by: Kees Cook Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/audit.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h index 09a2d94ab113..9f096f1c0907 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h @@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ #include #include -#include /* The netlink messages for the audit system is divided into blocks: * 1000 - 1099 are for commanding the audit system -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd3332bfcb2223458f553f341d3388cb84040e6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?YOSHIFUJI=20Hideaki=20/=20=E5=90=89=E8=97=A4=E8=8B=B1?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=98=8E?= Date: Sun, 13 Jan 2013 05:02:45 +0000 Subject: ipv6: Store Router Alert option in IP6CB directly. Router Alert option is very small and we can store the value itself in the skb. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h index 5a2991cf0251..4bda4cf5b0f5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h @@ -63,6 +63,8 @@ struct ipv6_opt_hdr { #define ipv6_destopt_hdr ipv6_opt_hdr #define ipv6_hopopt_hdr ipv6_opt_hdr +/* Router Alert option values (RFC2711) */ +#define IPV6_OPT_ROUTERALERT_MLD 0x0000 /* MLD(RFC2710) */ /* * routing header type 0 (used in cmsghdr struct) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 25d46f43a911b08c5aa8c8fd4fe7fa9b36445068 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?YOSHIFUJI=20Hideaki=20/=20=E5=90=89=E8=97=A4=E8=8B=B1?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=98=8E?= Date: Sun, 13 Jan 2013 16:02:06 +0000 Subject: ipv6: Move comment to right place. IN6ADDR_* and in6addr_* are not exported to userspace, and are defined in include/linux/in6.h. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/in6.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h index f79c3721da6e..5673b97dcf54 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h @@ -38,11 +38,6 @@ struct in6_addr { #define s6_addr32 in6_u.u6_addr32 }; -/* IPv6 Wildcard Address (::) and Loopback Address (::1) defined in RFC2553 - * NOTE: Be aware the IN6ADDR_* constants and in6addr_* externals are defined - * in network byte order, not in host byte order as are the IPv4 equivalents - */ - struct sockaddr_in6 { unsigned short int sin6_family; /* AF_INET6 */ __be16 sin6_port; /* Transport layer port # */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d3710e74cf329839dea8d13b1ad56e572b06b173 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lauro Ramos Venancio Date: Wed, 5 Dec 2012 21:12:25 -0300 Subject: NFC: Change nfc.h license nfc.h being GPL makes it quite controversial for non GPL applications to include it. Moreover, nfc.h only includes structures and API definitions that are hardly copyrightable. Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 23 ++++++++++------------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index 80e4ecd8c04c..7969f46f1bb3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -5,20 +5,17 @@ * Lauro Ramos Venancio * Aloisio Almeida Jr * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the - * Free Software Foundation, Inc., - * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. */ #ifndef __LINUX_NFC_H -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b1c5a5307fb5277f395efdcf330c064d79df07d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marco Porsch Date: Mon, 7 Jan 2013 16:04:52 +0100 Subject: {cfg,nl}80211: mesh power mode primitives and userspace access Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active, light sleep and deep sleep. Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used for new peer links. Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config. The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode. Add access routines to: - get/set local link-specific power mode (STA) - get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA) - get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA) - get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config) - get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config) All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect immediately. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin [fix commit message line length, error handling in set station] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 47 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 547017100a30..6c4f703ae890 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1310,6 +1310,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS * no change is made. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode + * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1580,6 +1583,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, + NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1838,6 +1843,10 @@ enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards + * non-peer STA * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute */ @@ -1862,6 +1871,9 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, + NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, + NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, + NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, @@ -2252,6 +2264,34 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes + * + * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is + * not known or has not been set yet. + * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is + * in Awake state all the time. + * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will + * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for + * neighbor's beacons. + * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will + * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up + * for neighbor's beacons. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use + * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level + */ + +enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { + NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, + NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, + NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, + NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, + + __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters * @@ -2346,6 +2386,11 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. + * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) + * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { @@ -2375,6 +2420,8 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, + NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, + NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From cee00a959c0a86571e6f99cf42f0261d7e54d2ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Tue, 15 Jan 2013 17:15:57 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: Allow use_mfp to be specified with the connect command The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the connect command, too. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 6c4f703ae890..d01c16220dc5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -374,8 +374,8 @@ * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association - * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, + * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, + * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE and * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT. * Background scan period can optionally be @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); * this attribute can be used - * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request + * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests * * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 11c4a075db2f8774d37544342c8cb9752b4db9e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Wunderlich Date: Tue, 8 Jan 2013 14:04:07 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: check radar interface combinations To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities. Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index d01c16220dc5..e6eeb4ba5dc5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2984,6 +2984,8 @@ enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many * different channels may be used within this group. + * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap + * of supported channel widths for radar detection. * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number * @@ -3016,6 +3018,7 @@ enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, + NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, /* keep last */ NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, -- cgit v1.2.3 From ebebd49a8eab5e9aa1b1f8f1614ccc3c2120f886 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Hurd Date: Thu, 17 Jan 2013 14:14:53 -0800 Subject: 8250/16?50: Add support for Broadcom TruManage redirected serial port Add support for the UART device present in Broadcom TruManage capable NetXtreme chips (ie: 5761m 5762, and 5725). This implementation has a hidden transmit FIFO, so running in single-byte interrupt mode results in too many interrupts. The UART_CAP_HFIFO capability was added to track this. It continues to reload the THR as long as the THRE and TSRE bits are set in the LSR up to a specified limit (1024 is used here). Signed-off-by: Stephen Hurd Signed-off-by: Michael Chan Cc: stable Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index 78f99d97475b..2c6c85f18ea0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ #define PORT_LPC3220 22 /* NXP LPC32xx SoC "Standard" UART */ #define PORT_8250_CIR 23 /* CIR infrared port, has its own driver */ #define PORT_XR17V35X 24 /* Exar XR17V35x UARTs */ -#define PORT_MAX_8250 24 /* max port ID */ +#define PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE 24 +#define PORT_MAX_8250 25 /* max port ID */ /* * ARM specific type numbers. These are not currently guaranteed -- cgit v1.2.3 From c539f01717c239cfa0921dd43927afc976f1eedc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 11 Jan 2013 06:30:44 +0000 Subject: netfilter: add connlabel conntrack extension similar to connmarks, except labels are bit-based; i.e. all labels may be attached to a flow at the same time. Up to 128 labels are supported. Supporting more labels is possible, but requires increasing the ct offset delta from u8 to u16 type due to increased extension sizes. Mapping of bit-identifier to label name is done in userspace. The extension is enabled at run-time once "-m connlabel" netfilter rules are added. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_connlabel.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_connlabel.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_connlabel.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_connlabel.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c4bc9ee9b330 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_connlabel.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include + +#define XT_CONNLABEL_MAXBIT 127 +enum xt_connlabel_mtopts { + XT_CONNLABEL_OP_INVERT = 1 << 0, + XT_CONNLABEL_OP_SET = 1 << 1, +}; + +struct xt_connlabel_mtinfo { + __u16 bit; + __u16 options; +}; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0ceabd83875b72a29f33db4ab703d6ba40ea4c58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 11 Jan 2013 06:30:45 +0000 Subject: netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver labels to userspace Introduce CTA_LABELS attribute to send a bit-vector of currently active labels to userspace. Future patch will permit userspace to also set/delete active labels. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h | 1 + include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h index 1644cdd8be91..d69483fb3825 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h @@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ enum ip_conntrack_events { IPCT_MARK, /* new mark has been set */ IPCT_NATSEQADJ, /* NAT is doing sequence adjustment */ IPCT_SECMARK, /* new security mark has been set */ + IPCT_LABEL, /* new connlabel has been set */ }; enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h index 86e930cf3dfb..9e71e0c081fd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ enum ctattr_type { CTA_SECCTX, CTA_TIMESTAMP, CTA_MARK_MASK, + CTA_LABELS, __CTA_MAX }; #define CTA_MAX (__CTA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9b21f6a90924dfe8e5e686c314ddb441fb06501e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 11 Jan 2013 06:30:46 +0000 Subject: netfilter: ctnetlink: allow userspace to modify labels Add the ability to set/clear labels assigned to a conntrack via ctnetlink. To allow userspace to only alter specific bits, Pablo suggested to add a new CTA_LABELS_MASK attribute: The new set of active labels is then determined via active = (active & ~mask) ^ changeset i.e., the mask selects those bits in the existing set that should be changed. This follows the same method already used by MARK and CONNMARK targets. Omitting CTA_LABELS_MASK is the same as setting all bits in CTA_LABELS_MASK to 1: The existing set is replaced by the one from userspace. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h index 9e71e0c081fd..08fabc6c93f3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ enum ctattr_type { CTA_TIMESTAMP, CTA_MARK_MASK, CTA_LABELS, + CTA_LABELS_MASK, __CTA_MAX }; #define CTA_MAX (__CTA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7d9f49afa451d8565d00a5cea39acf9bb26feb50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kevin Cernekee Date: Wed, 16 Jan 2013 20:28:40 -0800 Subject: serial: rp2: New driver for Comtrol RocketPort 2 cards This driver supports the RocketPort EXPRESS and RocketPort INFINITY families of PCI/PCIe multiport serial adapters. These adapters use a "RocketPort 2" ASIC that is not compatible with the original RocketPort driver (CONFIG_ROCKETPORT). Tested with the RocketPort EXPRESS Octa DB9 and Quad DB9. Also added an old RocketPort 8J PCI card to the same system to verify that rocket.c and rp2.c coexist peacefully. Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index 78f99d97475b..9dd47a569726 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -219,4 +219,7 @@ /* ARC (Synopsys) on-chip UART */ #define PORT_ARC 101 +/* Rocketport EXPRESS/INFINITY */ +#define PORT_RP2 102 + #endif /* _UAPILINUX_SERIAL_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e6f30c731718db45cec380964dfee210307cfc4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Willem de Bruijn Date: Fri, 18 Jan 2013 07:17:30 +0000 Subject: netfilter: x_tables: add xt_bpf match Support arbitrary linux socket filter (BPF) programs as x_tables match rules. This allows for very expressive filters, and on platforms with BPF JIT appears competitive with traditional hardcoded iptables rules using the u32 match. The size of the filter has been artificially limited to 64 instructions maximum to avoid bloating the size of each rule using this new match. Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_bpf.h | 17 +++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_bpf.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_bpf.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_bpf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5dda450eb55b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_bpf.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef _XT_BPF_H +#define _XT_BPF_H + +#include +#include + +#define XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR 64 + +struct xt_bpf_info { + __u16 bpf_program_num_elem; + struct sock_filter bpf_program[XT_BPF_MAX_NUM_INSTR]; + + /* only used in the kernel */ + struct sk_filter *filter __attribute__((aligned(8))); +}; + +#endif /*_XT_BPF_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e7db3cbcd6508235d63ba4a31bbd1ce4fdece6e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Mon, 21 Jan 2013 12:30:59 +0100 Subject: netfilter: add missing xt_bpf.h header in installation Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild index 08f555fef13f..8b4bd36a7a84 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ header-y += xt_TCPOPTSTRIP.h header-y += xt_TEE.h header-y += xt_TPROXY.h header-y += xt_addrtype.h +header-y += xt_bpf.h header-y += xt_cluster.h header-y += xt_comment.h header-y += xt_connbytes.h -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8a454ab95e5ccbffd04363e9c028f60739bc3fa4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Mon, 21 Jan 2013 13:02:19 +0100 Subject: netfilter: add missing xt_connlabel.h header in installation In (c539f01 netfilter: add connlabel conntrack extension), it was missing the change to the Kbuild file to install the header in the system. Reported-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild index 8b4bd36a7a84..41115776d76f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/Kbuild @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ header-y += xt_bpf.h header-y += xt_cluster.h header-y += xt_comment.h header-y += xt_connbytes.h +header-y += xt_connlabel.h header-y += xt_connlimit.h header-y += xt_connmark.h header-y += xt_conntrack.h -- cgit v1.2.3 From bbb923a4c2d17ebd5ec34755fe19a33914cbd86f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Mon, 21 Jan 2013 06:00:25 +0000 Subject: mcast: define and use MRT[6]_MAX in ip[6]_mroute_opt() This will ease further addition of new MRT[6]_* values and avoid to update in6.h each time. Note that we reduce the maximum value from 210 to 209, but 210 does not match any known value in ip[6]_mroute_setsockopt(). Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Acked-by: David L Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/in6.h | 15 ++++----------- include/uapi/linux/mroute.h | 1 + include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h index 5673b97dcf54..53b1d56a6e7f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/in6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/in6.h @@ -259,17 +259,10 @@ struct in6_flowlabel_req { /* * Multicast Routing: - * see include/linux/mroute6.h. + * see include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h. * - * MRT6_INIT 200 - * MRT6_DONE 201 - * MRT6_ADD_MIF 202 - * MRT6_DEL_MIF 203 - * MRT6_ADD_MFC 204 - * MRT6_DEL_MFC 205 - * MRT6_VERSION 206 - * MRT6_ASSERT 207 - * MRT6_PIM 208 - * (reserved) 209 + * MRT6_BASE 200 + * ... + * MRT6_MAX */ #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_IN6_H */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h b/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h index 16929993acc4..1c11004af5db 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ #define MRT_ASSERT (MRT_BASE+7) /* Activate PIM assert mode */ #define MRT_PIM (MRT_BASE+8) /* enable PIM code */ #define MRT_TABLE (MRT_BASE+9) /* Specify mroute table ID */ +#define MRT_MAX (MRT_BASE+9) #define SIOCGETVIFCNT SIOCPROTOPRIVATE /* IP protocol privates */ #define SIOCGETSGCNT (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1) diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h b/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h index 3e89b5e7f9e3..c206ae3a2327 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ #define MRT6_ASSERT (MRT6_BASE+7) /* Activate PIM assert mode */ #define MRT6_PIM (MRT6_BASE+8) /* enable PIM code */ #define MRT6_TABLE (MRT6_BASE+9) /* Specify mroute table ID */ +#define MRT6_MAX (MRT6_BASE+9) #define SIOCGETMIFCNT_IN6 SIOCPROTOPRIVATE /* IP protocol privates */ #define SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6 (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 660b26dc1a8aeb33c2a2246ebf1b3684449a74b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Mon, 21 Jan 2013 06:00:26 +0000 Subject: mcast: add multicast proxy support (IPv4 and IPv6) This patch add the support of proxy multicast, ie being able to build a static multicast tree. It adds the support of (*,*) and (*,G) entries. The user should define an (*,*) entry which is not used for real forwarding. This entry defines the upstream in iif and contains all interfaces from the static tree in its oifs. It will be used to forward packet upstream when they come from an interface belonging to the static tree. Hence, the user should define (*,G) entries to build its static tree. Note that upstream interface must be part of oifs: packets are sent to all oifs interfaces except the input interface. This ensures to always join the whole static tree, even if the packet is not coming from the upstream interface. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Acked-by: David L Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/mroute.h | 4 +++- include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h | 4 +++- 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h b/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h index 1c11004af5db..a382d2c04a42 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mroute.h @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ #define MRT_ASSERT (MRT_BASE+7) /* Activate PIM assert mode */ #define MRT_PIM (MRT_BASE+8) /* enable PIM code */ #define MRT_TABLE (MRT_BASE+9) /* Specify mroute table ID */ -#define MRT_MAX (MRT_BASE+9) +#define MRT_ADD_MFC_PROXY (MRT_BASE+10) /* Add a (*,*|G) mfc entry */ +#define MRT_DEL_MFC_PROXY (MRT_BASE+11) /* Del a (*,*|G) mfc entry */ +#define MRT_MAX (MRT_BASE+11) #define SIOCGETVIFCNT SIOCPROTOPRIVATE /* IP protocol privates */ #define SIOCGETSGCNT (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1) diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h b/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h index c206ae3a2327..ce91215cf7e6 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/mroute6.h @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ #define MRT6_ASSERT (MRT6_BASE+7) /* Activate PIM assert mode */ #define MRT6_PIM (MRT6_BASE+8) /* enable PIM code */ #define MRT6_TABLE (MRT6_BASE+9) /* Specify mroute table ID */ -#define MRT6_MAX (MRT6_BASE+9) +#define MRT6_ADD_MFC_PROXY (MRT6_BASE+10) /* Add a (*,*|G) mfc entry */ +#define MRT6_DEL_MFC_PROXY (MRT6_BASE+11) /* Del a (*,*|G) mfc entry */ +#define MRT6_MAX (MRT6_BASE+11) #define SIOCGETMIFCNT_IN6 SIOCPROTOPRIVATE /* IP protocol privates */ #define SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6 (SIOCPROTOPRIVATE+1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7e58d5aea8abb993983a3f3088fd4a3f06180a1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amos Kong Date: Mon, 21 Jan 2013 01:17:23 +0000 Subject: virtio-net: introduce a new control to set macaddr Currently we write MAC address to pci config space byte by byte, this means that we have an intermediate step where mac is wrong. This patch introduced a new control command to set MAC address, it's atomic. VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_MAC_ADDR is a new feature bit for compatibility. Signed-off-by: Amos Kong Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h | 8 +++++++- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h index 848e3584d7c8..a5a8c88753b9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ * network */ #define VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ 22 /* Device supports Receive Flow * Steering */ +#define VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_MAC_ADDR 23 /* Set MAC address */ #define VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP 1 /* Link is up */ #define VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE 2 /* Announcement is needed */ @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ typedef __u8 virtio_net_ctrl_ack; #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_RX_NOBCAST 5 /* - * Control the MAC filter table. + * Control the MAC * * The MAC filter table is managed by the hypervisor, the guest should * assume the size is infinite. Filtering should be considered @@ -140,6 +141,10 @@ typedef __u8 virtio_net_ctrl_ack; * first sg list contains unicast addresses, the second is for multicast. * This functionality is present if the VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX feature * is available. + * + * The ADDR_SET command requests one out scatterlist, it contains a + * 6 bytes MAC address. This functionality is present if the + * VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_MAC_ADDR feature is available. */ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { __u32 entries; @@ -148,6 +153,7 @@ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC 1 #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC_TABLE_SET 0 + #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC_ADDR_SET 1 /* * Control VLAN filtering -- cgit v1.2.3 From afe759511808cd5bb508b598007cf0c7b0ca8e08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Aaron Lu Date: Tue, 15 Jan 2013 17:20:58 +0800 Subject: libata: identify and init ZPODD devices The ODD can be enabled for ZPODD if the following three conditions are satisfied: 1 The ODD supports device attention; 2 The platform can runtime power off the ODD through ACPI; 3 The ODD is either slot type or drawer type. For such ODDs, zpodd_init is called and a new structure is allocated for it to store ZPODD related stuffs. And the zpodd_dev_enabled function is used to test if ZPODD is currently enabled for this ODD. A new config CONFIG_SATA_ZPODD is added to selectively build ZPODD code. Signed-off-by: Aaron Lu Acked-by: Tejun Heo Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik --- include/uapi/linux/cdrom.h | 34 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/cdrom.h b/include/uapi/linux/cdrom.h index 898b866b300c..bd17ad5aa06d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/cdrom.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/cdrom.h @@ -908,5 +908,39 @@ struct mode_page_header { __be16 desc_length; }; +/* removable medium feature descriptor */ +struct rm_feature_desc { + __be16 feature_code; +#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) + __u8 reserved1:2; + __u8 feature_version:4; + __u8 persistent:1; + __u8 curr:1; +#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) + __u8 curr:1; + __u8 persistent:1; + __u8 feature_version:4; + __u8 reserved1:2; +#endif + __u8 add_len; +#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) + __u8 mech_type:3; + __u8 load:1; + __u8 eject:1; + __u8 pvnt_jmpr:1; + __u8 dbml:1; + __u8 lock:1; +#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) + __u8 lock:1; + __u8 dbml:1; + __u8 pvnt_jmpr:1; + __u8 eject:1; + __u8 load:1; + __u8 mech_type:3; +#endif + __u8 reserved2; + __u8 reserved3; + __u8 reserved4; +}; #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_CDROM_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 749cf76c5a363e1383108a914ea09530bfa0bd43 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoffer Dall Date: Sun, 20 Jan 2013 18:28:06 -0500 Subject: KVM: ARM: Initial skeleton to compile KVM support Targets KVM support for Cortex A-15 processors. Contains all the framework components, make files, header files, some tracing functionality, and basic user space API. Only supported core is Cortex-A15 for now. Most functionality is in arch/arm/kvm/* or arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_*.h. Reviewed-by: Will Deacon Reviewed-by: Marcelo Tosatti Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier Signed-off-by: Christoffer Dall --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index e6e5d4b13708..24978d525c6e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -764,6 +764,11 @@ struct kvm_dirty_tlb { #define KVM_REG_SIZE_U512 0x0060000000000000ULL #define KVM_REG_SIZE_U1024 0x0070000000000000ULL +struct kvm_reg_list { + __u64 n; /* number of regs */ + __u64 reg[0]; +}; + struct kvm_one_reg { __u64 id; __u64 addr; @@ -932,6 +937,8 @@ struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { #define KVM_SET_ONE_REG _IOW(KVMIO, 0xac, struct kvm_one_reg) /* VM is being stopped by host */ #define KVM_KVMCLOCK_CTRL _IO(KVMIO, 0xad) +#define KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT _IOW(KVMIO, 0xae, struct kvm_vcpu_init) +#define KVM_GET_REG_LIST _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xb0, struct kvm_reg_list) #define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU (1 << 0) #define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_PCI_2_3 (1 << 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86ce85352f0da7e1431ad8efcb04323819a620e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoffer Dall Date: Sun, 20 Jan 2013 18:28:08 -0500 Subject: KVM: ARM: Inject IRQs and FIQs from userspace MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit All interrupt injection is now based on the VM ioctl KVM_IRQ_LINE. This works semantically well for the GIC as we in fact raise/lower a line on a machine component (the gic). The IOCTL uses the follwing struct. struct kvm_irq_level { union { __u32 irq; /* GSI */ __s32 status; /* not used for KVM_IRQ_LEVEL */ }; __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */ }; ARM can signal an interrupt either at the CPU level, or at the in-kernel irqchip (GIC), and for in-kernel irqchip can tell the GIC to use PPIs designated for specific cpus. The irq field is interpreted like this:  bits: | 31 ... 24 | 23 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 | field: | irq_type | vcpu_index | irq_number | The irq_type field has the following values: - irq_type[0]: out-of-kernel GIC: irq_number 0 is IRQ, irq_number 1 is FIQ - irq_type[1]: in-kernel GIC: SPI, irq_number between 32 and 1019 (incl.) (the vcpu_index field is ignored) - irq_type[2]: in-kernel GIC: PPI, irq_number between 16 and 31 (incl.) The irq_number thus corresponds to the irq ID in as in the GICv2 specs. This is documented in Documentation/kvm/api.txt. Reviewed-by: Will Deacon Reviewed-by: Marcelo Tosatti Signed-off-by: Christoffer Dall --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 24978d525c6e..dc63665e73ad 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level { * ACPI gsi notion of irq. * For IA-64 (APIC model) IOAPIC0: irq 0-23; IOAPIC1: irq 24-47.. * For X86 (standard AT mode) PIC0/1: irq 0-15. IOAPIC0: 0-23.. + * For ARM: See Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt */ union { __u32 irq; -- cgit v1.2.3 From aa024c2f35a07cc32e48c5f62a5807be01c09249 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marc Zyngier Date: Sun, 20 Jan 2013 18:28:13 -0500 Subject: KVM: ARM: Power State Coordination Interface implementation Implement the PSCI specification (ARM DEN 0022A) to control virtual CPUs being "powered" on or off. PSCI/KVM is detected using the KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI capability. A virtual CPU can now be initialized in a "powered off" state, using the KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF feature flag. The guest can use either SMC or HVC to execute a PSCI function. Reviewed-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier Signed-off-by: Christoffer Dall --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index dc63665e73ad..7f2360a46fc2 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -636,6 +636,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_IRQFD_RESAMPLE 82 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84 +#define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI 87 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9569793a79836320c33d400c686dcb78f886bdad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Sun, 6 Jan 2013 12:22:06 -0300 Subject: [media] dvb: Add DVBv5 statistics properties The DVBv3 statistics parameters are limited on several ways: - It doesn't provide any way to indicate the used measure, so userspace need to guess how to calculate/use it; - Only a limited set of stats are supported; - Can't be called in a way to require them to be filled all at once (atomic reads from the hardware), with may cause troubles on interpreting them on userspace; - On some OFDM delivery systems, the carriers can be independently modulated, having different properties. Currently, there's no way to report per-layer stats. To address the above issues, adding a new DVBv5-based stats API. While here, correct inner code nomenclature on a few places. Reviewed-by: Antti Palosaari Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h | 79 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- include/uapi/linux/dvb/version.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h index c12d452cb40d..c56d77c496a5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h @@ -365,7 +365,17 @@ struct dvb_frontend_event { #define DTV_INTERLEAVING 60 #define DTV_LNA 61 -#define DTV_MAX_COMMAND DTV_LNA +/* Quality parameters */ +#define DTV_STAT_SIGNAL_STRENGTH 62 +#define DTV_STAT_CNR 63 +#define DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT 64 +#define DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT 65 +#define DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT 66 +#define DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT 67 +#define DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT 68 +#define DTV_STAT_TOTAL_BLOCK_COUNT 69 + +#define DTV_MAX_COMMAND DTV_STAT_TOTAL_BLOCK_COUNT typedef enum fe_pilot { PILOT_ON, @@ -452,11 +462,78 @@ struct dtv_cmds_h { __u32 reserved:30; /* Align */ }; +/** + * Scale types for the quality parameters. + * @FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE: That QoS measure is not available. That + * could indicate a temporary or a permanent + * condition. + * @FE_SCALE_DECIBEL: The scale is measured in 0.0001 dB steps, typically + * used on signal measures. + * @FE_SCALE_RELATIVE: The scale is a relative percentual measure, + * ranging from 0 (0%) to 0xffff (100%). + * @FE_SCALE_COUNTER: The scale counts the occurrence of an event, like + * bit error, block error, lapsed time. + */ +enum fecap_scale_params { + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0, + FE_SCALE_DECIBEL, + FE_SCALE_RELATIVE, + FE_SCALE_COUNTER +}; + +/** + * struct dtv_stats - Used for reading a DTV status property + * + * @value: value of the measure. Should range from 0 to 0xffff; + * @scale: Filled with enum fecap_scale_params - the scale + * in usage for that parameter + * + * For most delivery systems, this will return a single value for each + * parameter. + * It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems like + * ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of carriers. + * On such standards, up to 8 groups of statistics can be provided, one + * for each carrier group (called "layer" on ISDB). + * In order to be consistent with other delivery systems, the first + * value refers to the entire set of carriers ("global"). + * dtv_status:scale should use the value FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE when + * the value for the entire group of carriers or from one specific layer + * is not provided by the hardware. + * st.len should be filled with the latest filled status + 1. + * + * In other words, for ISDB, those values should be filled like: + * u.st.stat.svalue[0] = global statistics; + * u.st.stat.scale[0] = FE_SCALE_DECIBELS; + * u.st.stat.value[1] = layer A statistics; + * u.st.stat.scale[1] = FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE (if not available); + * u.st.stat.svalue[2] = layer B statistics; + * u.st.stat.scale[2] = FE_SCALE_DECIBELS; + * u.st.stat.svalue[3] = layer C statistics; + * u.st.stat.scale[3] = FE_SCALE_DECIBELS; + * u.st.len = 4; + */ +struct dtv_stats { + __u8 scale; /* enum fecap_scale_params type */ + union { + __u64 uvalue; /* for counters and relative scales */ + __s64 svalue; /* for 0.0001 dB measures */ + }; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + + +#define MAX_DTV_STATS 4 + +struct dtv_fe_stats { + __u8 len; + struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + struct dtv_property { __u32 cmd; __u32 reserved[3]; union { __u32 data; + struct dtv_fe_stats st; struct { __u8 data[32]; __u32 len; diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/version.h b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/version.h index 827cce7e33e3..e53e2ad4444f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/version.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/version.h @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ #define _DVBVERSION_H_ #define DVB_API_VERSION 5 -#define DVB_API_VERSION_MINOR 9 +#define DVB_API_VERSION_MINOR 10 #endif /*_DVBVERSION_H_*/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0b05b18381eea98c9c9ada95629bf659a88c9374 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Anand V. Avati" Date: Sun, 19 Aug 2012 08:53:23 -0400 Subject: fuse: implement NFS-like readdirplus support This patch implements readdirplus support in FUSE, similar to NFS. The payload returned in the readdirplus call contains 'fuse_entry_out' structure thereby providing all the necessary inputs for 'faking' a lookup() operation on the spot. If the dentry and inode already existed (for e.g. in a re-run of ls -l) then just the inode attributes timeout and dentry timeout are refreshed. With a simple client->network->server implementation of a FUSE based filesystem, the following performance observations were made: Test: Performing a filesystem crawl over 20,000 files with sh# time ls -lR /mnt Without readdirplus: Run 1: 18.1s Run 2: 16.0s Run 3: 16.2s With readdirplus: Run 1: 4.1s Run 2: 3.8s Run 3: 3.8s The performance improvement is significant as it avoided 20,000 upcalls calls (lookup). Cache consistency is no worse than what already is. Signed-off-by: Anand V. Avati Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index d8c713e148e3..5dc1fea49ecd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { #define FUSE_FLOCK_LOCKS (1 << 10) #define FUSE_HAS_IOCTL_DIR (1 << 11) #define FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA (1 << 12) +#define FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS (1 << 13) /** * CUSE INIT request/reply flags @@ -299,6 +300,7 @@ enum fuse_opcode { FUSE_NOTIFY_REPLY = 41, FUSE_BATCH_FORGET = 42, FUSE_FALLOCATE = 43, + FUSE_READDIRPLUS = 44, /* CUSE specific operations */ CUSE_INIT = 4096, @@ -630,6 +632,16 @@ struct fuse_dirent { #define FUSE_DIRENT_SIZE(d) \ FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET + (d)->namelen) +struct fuse_direntplus { + struct fuse_entry_out entry_out; + struct fuse_dirent dirent; +}; + +#define FUSE_NAME_OFFSET_DIRENTPLUS \ + offsetof(struct fuse_direntplus, dirent.name) +#define FUSE_DIRENTPLUS_SIZE(d) \ + FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET_DIRENTPLUS + (d)->dirent.namelen) + struct fuse_notify_inval_inode_out { __u64 ino; __s64 off; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 54a3ac0c9e5b7213daa358ce74d154352657353a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lan Tianyu Date: Thu, 24 Jan 2013 10:31:28 +0800 Subject: usb: Using correct way to clear usb3.0 device's remote wakeup feature. Usb3.0 device defines function remote wakeup which is only for interface recipient rather than device recipient. This is different with usb2.0 device's remote wakeup feature which is defined for device recipient. According usb3.0 spec 9.4.5, the function remote wakeup can be modified by the SetFeature() requests using the FUNCTION_SUSPEND feature selector. This patch is to use correct way to disable usb3.0 device's function remote wakeup after suspend error and resuming. This should be backported to kernels as old as 3.4, that contain the commit 623bef9e03a60adc623b09673297ca7a1cdfb367 "USB/xhci: Enable remote wakeup for USB3 devices." Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org --- include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h index 50598472dc41..f738e25377ff 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -152,6 +152,12 @@ #define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_LP (1 << (8 + 0)) #define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_RW (1 << (8 + 1)) +/* + * Interface status, Figure 9-5 USB 3.0 spec + */ +#define USB_INTRF_STAT_FUNC_RW_CAP 1 +#define USB_INTRF_STAT_FUNC_RW 2 + #define USB_ENDPOINT_HALT 0 /* IN/OUT will STALL */ /* Bit array elements as returned by the USB_REQ_GET_STATUS request. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b878e7fb22ea48b0585bbbbef249f7efc6d42748 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vince Weaver Date: Tue, 8 Jan 2013 14:44:25 -0500 Subject: perf: Missing field in PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE documentation While trying to write a perf_event/mmap test for my perf_event test-suite I came across a missing field description in the PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE documentation in perf_event.h Signed-off-by: Vince Weaver Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Peter Zijlstra Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/alpine.DEB.2.02.1301081439300.24507@vincent-weaver-1.um.maine.edu Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h index 4f63c05d27c9..9fa9c622a7f4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h @@ -579,7 +579,8 @@ enum perf_event_type { * { u32 size; * char data[size];}&& PERF_SAMPLE_RAW * - * { u64 from, to, flags } lbr[nr];} && PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_STACK + * { u64 nr; + * { u64 from, to, flags } lbr[nr];} && PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_STACK * * { u64 abi; # enum perf_sample_regs_abi * u64 regs[weight(mask)]; } && PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER -- cgit v1.2.3 From 77765eaf5cfb6b8dd98ec8b54b411d74ff6095f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan Date: Fri, 18 Jan 2013 11:18:45 +0530 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: add API for MAC address ACLs Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs. An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL. Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan [rewrite commit log, many cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 51 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 49 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index e6eeb4ba5dc5..5b7dbc1ea966 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -170,7 +170,8 @@ * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, - * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE and %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT. + * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, + * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP @@ -586,6 +587,16 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames * for IBSS or MESH vif. * + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. + * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC + * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in + * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in + * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it + * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver + * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This + * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its + * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -736,6 +747,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -1313,6 +1326,16 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, + * carried in a u32 attribute + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for + * MAC ACL. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum + * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC + * ACL. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1585,6 +1608,12 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, + NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, + + NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, + + NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3248,7 +3277,7 @@ enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be * handled by the AP is reached. - * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Client's MAC is in the AP's blocklist. + * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. */ enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, @@ -3276,4 +3305,22 @@ enum nl80211_scan_flags { NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy + * + * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by + * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to + * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. + * + * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are + * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed + * in ACL to authenticate. + * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed + * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. + */ +enum nl80211_acl_policy { + NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, + NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d904d3edcbb26efc86ea3575bb4265559801a94b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oliver Hartkopp Date: Thu, 17 Jan 2013 18:43:41 +0100 Subject: can: gw: make routing to the incoming CAN interface configurable Introduce new configuration flag CGW_FLAGS_CAN_IIF_TX_OK to configure if a CAN sk_buff that has been routed with can-gw is allowed to be send back to the originating CAN interface. Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde --- include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h b/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h index 8e1db18c3cb6..0505c7f86213 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ enum { #define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_ECHO 0x01 #define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_SRC_TSTAMP 0x02 +#define CGW_FLAGS_CAN_IIF_TX_OK 0x04 #define CGW_MOD_FUNCS 4 /* AND OR XOR SET */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e6afa00a1409bc3bceed9ccb33111519463dfe7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oliver Hartkopp Date: Thu, 17 Jan 2013 18:43:46 +0100 Subject: can: gw: indicate and count deleted frames due to misconfiguration Add a statistic counter to detect deleted frames due to misconfiguration with a new read-only CGW_DELETED netlink attribute for the CAN gateway. Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde --- include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h b/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h index 0505c7f86213..ae07bec74f4b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/can/gw.h @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ enum { CGW_SRC_IF, /* ifindex of source network interface */ CGW_DST_IF, /* ifindex of destination network interface */ CGW_FILTER, /* specify struct can_filter on source CAN device */ + CGW_DELETED, /* number of deleted CAN frames (see max_hops param) */ __CGW_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd8f7cb4e6dfa4ea08fc250a814240b883ef7911 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 22 Jan 2013 12:34:29 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through in mac80211) to allow userspace to know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 5b7dbc1ea966..225a65e72219 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -513,6 +513,12 @@ * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For * more background information, see * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. + * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification + * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the + * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason + * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present + * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the + * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This @@ -2947,6 +2953,10 @@ struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support { * * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute * carrying a &struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support. + * + * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based + * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed + * to the kernel when configuring. * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported * by the device (flag) @@ -2957,8 +2967,25 @@ struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support { * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains + * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame + * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN + * attribute contains the original length. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 + * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 + * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the + * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may + * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute + * contains the original length. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 + * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 + * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number + * + * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and + * to report the wakeup reason(s). */ enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, @@ -2971,6 +2998,10 @@ enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, /* keep last */ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 23c153e54197171f30b889d9654929d74b6599d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Thu, 31 Jan 2013 17:08:11 +0100 Subject: fuse: bump version for READDIRPLUS Yeah, we have a capability flag for this as well, so this is not strictly necessary, but it doesn't hurt either. Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index 5dc1fea49ecd..3451b6061e69 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ * * 7.20 * - add FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA + * + * 7.21 + * - add FUSE_READDIRPLUS */ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H @@ -91,7 +94,7 @@ #define FUSE_KERNEL_VERSION 7 /** Minor version number of this interface */ -#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 20 +#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 21 /** The node ID of the root inode */ #define FUSE_ROOT_ID 1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6fcdf4facb85e7d54ff6195378dd2ba8e0baccc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Gortmaker Date: Wed, 30 Jan 2013 21:50:08 -0500 Subject: wanrouter: delete now orphaned header content, files/drivers The wanrouter support was identified earlier as unused for years, and so the previous commit totally decoupled it from the kernel, leaving the related wanrouter files present, but totally inert. Here we take the final step in that cleanup, by doing a wholesale removal of these files. The two step process is used so that the large deletion is decoupled from the git history of files that we still care about. The drivers deleted here all were dependent on the Kconfig setting CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER_DRIVERS. A stub wanrouter.h header (kernel & uapi) are left behind so that drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_x25iface.c continues to compile, and so that we don't accidentally break userspace that expected these defines. Cc: Joe Perches Cc: Dan Carpenter Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker --- include/uapi/linux/wanrouter.h | 443 +---------------------------------------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 439 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/wanrouter.h b/include/uapi/linux/wanrouter.h index 7617df2833d5..498d6c12c666 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/wanrouter.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/wanrouter.h @@ -1,363 +1,9 @@ -/***************************************************************************** -* wanrouter.h Definitions for the WAN Multiprotocol Router Module. -* This module provides API and common services for WAN Link -* Drivers and is completely hardware-independent. -* -* Author: Nenad Corbic -* Gideon Hack -* Additions: Arnaldo Melo -* -* Copyright: (c) 1995-2000 Sangoma Technologies Inc. -* -* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License -* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version -* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -* ============================================================================ -* Jul 21, 2000 Nenad Corbic Added WAN_FT1_READY State -* Feb 24, 2000 Nenad Corbic Added support for socket based x25api -* Jan 28, 2000 Nenad Corbic Added support for the ASYNC protocol. -* Oct 04, 1999 Nenad Corbic Updated for 2.1.0 release -* Jun 02, 1999 Gideon Hack Added support for the S514 adapter. -* May 23, 1999 Arnaldo Melo Added local_addr to wanif_conf_t -* WAN_DISCONNECTING state added -* Jul 20, 1998 David Fong Added Inverse ARP options to 'wanif_conf_t' -* Jun 12, 1998 David Fong Added Cisco HDLC support. -* Dec 16, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Moved 'enable_IPX' and 'network_number' to -* 'wanif_conf_t' -* Dec 05, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'pap', 'chap' to 'wanif_conf_t' -* Added 'authenticator' to 'wan_ppp_conf_t' -* Nov 06, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Changed Router Driver version to 1.1 from 1.0 -* Oct 20, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'cir','bc','be' and 'mc' to 'wanif_conf_t' -* Added 'enable_IPX' and 'network_number' to -* 'wan_device_t'. Also added defines for -* UDP PACKET TYPE, Interrupt test, critical values -* for RACE conditions. -* Oct 05, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'dlci_num' and 'dlci[100]' to -* 'wan_fr_conf_t' to configure a list of dlci(s) -* for a NODE -* Jul 07, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'ttl' to 'wandev_conf_t' & 'wan_device_t' -* May 29, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'tx_int_enabled' to 'wan_device_t' -* May 21, 1997 Jaspreet Singh Added 'udp_port' to 'wan_device_t' -* Apr 25, 1997 Farhan Thawar Added 'udp_port' to 'wandev_conf_t' -* Jan 16, 1997 Gene Kozin router_devlist made public -* Jan 02, 1997 Gene Kozin Initial version (based on wanpipe.h). -*****************************************************************************/ - -#ifndef _UAPI_ROUTER_H -#define _UAPI_ROUTER_H - -#define ROUTER_NAME "wanrouter" /* in case we ever change it */ -#define ROUTER_VERSION 1 /* version number */ -#define ROUTER_RELEASE 1 /* release (minor version) number */ -#define ROUTER_IOCTL 'W' /* for IOCTL calls */ -#define ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524D4157L /* signature: 'WANR' reversed */ - -/* IOCTL codes for /proc/router/ entries (up to 255) */ -enum router_ioctls -{ - ROUTER_SETUP = ROUTER_IOCTL<<8, /* configure device */ - ROUTER_DOWN, /* shut down device */ - ROUTER_STAT, /* get device status */ - ROUTER_IFNEW, /* add interface */ - ROUTER_IFDEL, /* delete interface */ - ROUTER_IFSTAT, /* get interface status */ - ROUTER_USER = (ROUTER_IOCTL<<8)+16, /* driver-specific calls */ - ROUTER_USER_MAX = (ROUTER_IOCTL<<8)+31 -}; - -/* identifiers for displaying proc file data for dual port adapters */ -#define PROC_DATA_PORT_0 0x8000 /* the data is for port 0 */ -#define PROC_DATA_PORT_1 0x8001 /* the data is for port 1 */ - -/* NLPID for packet encapsulation (ISO/IEC TR 9577) */ -#define NLPID_IP 0xCC /* Internet Protocol Datagram */ -#define NLPID_SNAP 0x80 /* IEEE Subnetwork Access Protocol */ -#define NLPID_CLNP 0x81 /* ISO/IEC 8473 */ -#define NLPID_ESIS 0x82 /* ISO/IEC 9542 */ -#define NLPID_ISIS 0x83 /* ISO/IEC ISIS */ -#define NLPID_Q933 0x08 /* CCITT Q.933 */ - -/* Miscellaneous */ -#define WAN_IFNAME_SZ 15 /* max length of the interface name */ -#define WAN_DRVNAME_SZ 15 /* max length of the link driver name */ -#define WAN_ADDRESS_SZ 31 /* max length of the WAN media address */ -#define USED_BY_FIELD 8 /* max length of the used by field */ - -/* Defines for UDP PACKET TYPE */ -#define UDP_PTPIPE_TYPE 0x01 -#define UDP_FPIPE_TYPE 0x02 -#define UDP_CPIPE_TYPE 0x03 -#define UDP_DRVSTATS_TYPE 0x04 -#define UDP_INVALID_TYPE 0x05 - -/* Command return code */ -#define CMD_OK 0 /* normal firmware return code */ -#define CMD_TIMEOUT 0xFF /* firmware command timed out */ - -/* UDP Packet Management */ -#define UDP_PKT_FRM_STACK 0x00 -#define UDP_PKT_FRM_NETWORK 0x01 - -/* Maximum interrupt test counter */ -#define MAX_INTR_TEST_COUNTER 100 - -/* Critical Values for RACE conditions*/ -#define CRITICAL_IN_ISR 0xA1 -#define CRITICAL_INTR_HANDLED 0xB1 - -/****** Data Types **********************************************************/ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * X.25-specific link-level configuration. - */ -typedef struct wan_x25_conf -{ - unsigned lo_pvc; /* lowest permanent circuit number */ - unsigned hi_pvc; /* highest permanent circuit number */ - unsigned lo_svc; /* lowest switched circuit number */ - unsigned hi_svc; /* highest switched circuit number */ - unsigned hdlc_window; /* HDLC window size (1..7) */ - unsigned pkt_window; /* X.25 packet window size (1..7) */ - unsigned t1; /* HDLC timer T1, sec (1..30) */ - unsigned t2; /* HDLC timer T2, sec (0..29) */ - unsigned t4; /* HDLC supervisory frame timer = T4 * T1 */ - unsigned n2; /* HDLC retransmission limit (1..30) */ - unsigned t10_t20; /* X.25 RESTART timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned t11_t21; /* X.25 CALL timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned t12_t22; /* X.25 RESET timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned t13_t23; /* X.25 CLEAR timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned t16_t26; /* X.25 INTERRUPT timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned t28; /* X.25 REGISTRATION timeout, sec (1..255) */ - unsigned r10_r20; /* RESTART retransmission limit (0..250) */ - unsigned r12_r22; /* RESET retransmission limit (0..250) */ - unsigned r13_r23; /* CLEAR retransmission limit (0..250) */ - unsigned ccitt_compat; /* compatibility mode: 1988/1984/1980 */ - unsigned x25_conf_opt; /* User defined x25 config optoins */ - unsigned char LAPB_hdlc_only; /* Run in HDLC only mode */ - unsigned char logging; /* Control connection logging */ - unsigned char oob_on_modem; /* Whether to send modem status to the user app */ -} wan_x25_conf_t; - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Frame relay specific link-level configuration. - */ -typedef struct wan_fr_conf -{ - unsigned signalling; /* local in-channel signalling type */ - unsigned t391; /* link integrity verification timer */ - unsigned t392; /* polling verification timer */ - unsigned n391; /* full status polling cycle counter */ - unsigned n392; /* error threshold counter */ - unsigned n393; /* monitored events counter */ - unsigned dlci_num; /* number of DLCs (access node) */ - unsigned dlci[100]; /* List of all DLCIs */ -} wan_fr_conf_t; - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PPP-specific link-level configuration. - */ -typedef struct wan_ppp_conf -{ - unsigned restart_tmr; /* restart timer */ - unsigned auth_rsrt_tmr; /* authentication timer */ - unsigned auth_wait_tmr; /* authentication timer */ - unsigned mdm_fail_tmr; /* modem failure timer */ - unsigned dtr_drop_tmr; /* DTR drop timer */ - unsigned connect_tmout; /* connection timeout */ - unsigned conf_retry; /* max. retry */ - unsigned term_retry; /* max. retry */ - unsigned fail_retry; /* max. retry */ - unsigned auth_retry; /* max. retry */ - unsigned auth_options; /* authentication opt. */ - unsigned ip_options; /* IP options */ - char authenticator; /* AUTHENTICATOR or not */ - char ip_mode; /* Static/Host/Peer */ -} wan_ppp_conf_t; - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * CHDLC-specific link-level configuration. - */ -typedef struct wan_chdlc_conf -{ - unsigned char ignore_dcd; /* Protocol options: */ - unsigned char ignore_cts; /* Ignore these to determine */ - unsigned char ignore_keepalive; /* link status (Yes or No) */ - unsigned char hdlc_streaming; /* hdlc_streaming mode (Y/N) */ - unsigned char receive_only; /* no transmit buffering (Y/N) */ - unsigned keepalive_tx_tmr; /* transmit keepalive timer */ - unsigned keepalive_rx_tmr; /* receive keepalive timer */ - unsigned keepalive_err_margin; /* keepalive_error_tolerance */ - unsigned slarp_timer; /* SLARP request timer */ -} wan_chdlc_conf_t; - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * WAN device configuration. Passed to ROUTER_SETUP IOCTL. - */ -typedef struct wandev_conf -{ - unsigned magic; /* magic number (for verification) */ - unsigned config_id; /* configuration structure identifier */ - /****** hardware configuration ******/ - unsigned ioport; /* adapter I/O port base */ - unsigned long maddr; /* dual-port memory address */ - unsigned msize; /* dual-port memory size */ - int irq; /* interrupt request level */ - int dma; /* DMA request level */ - char S514_CPU_no[1]; /* S514 PCI adapter CPU number ('A' or 'B') */ - unsigned PCI_slot_no; /* S514 PCI adapter slot number */ - char auto_pci_cfg; /* S515 PCI automatic slot detection */ - char comm_port; /* Communication Port (PRI=0, SEC=1) */ - unsigned bps; /* data transfer rate */ - unsigned mtu; /* maximum transmit unit size */ - unsigned udp_port; /* UDP port for management */ - unsigned char ttl; /* Time To Live for UDP security */ - unsigned char ft1; /* FT1 Configurator Option */ - char interface; /* RS-232/V.35, etc. */ - char clocking; /* external/internal */ - char line_coding; /* NRZ/NRZI/FM0/FM1, etc. */ - char station; /* DTE/DCE, primary/secondary, etc. */ - char connection; /* permanent/switched/on-demand */ - char read_mode; /* read mode: Polling or interrupt */ - char receive_only; /* disable tx buffers */ - char tty; /* Create a fake tty device */ - unsigned tty_major; /* Major number for wanpipe tty device */ - unsigned tty_minor; /* Minor number for wanpipe tty device */ - unsigned tty_mode; /* TTY operation mode SYNC or ASYNC */ - char backup; /* Backup Mode */ - unsigned hw_opt[4]; /* other hardware options */ - unsigned reserved[4]; - /****** arbitrary data ***************/ - unsigned data_size; /* data buffer size */ - void* data; /* data buffer, e.g. firmware */ - union /****** protocol-specific ************/ - { - wan_x25_conf_t x25; /* X.25 configuration */ - wan_ppp_conf_t ppp; /* PPP configuration */ - wan_fr_conf_t fr; /* frame relay configuration */ - wan_chdlc_conf_t chdlc; /* Cisco HDLC configuration */ - } u; -} wandev_conf_t; - -/* 'config_id' definitions */ -#define WANCONFIG_X25 101 /* X.25 link */ -#define WANCONFIG_FR 102 /* frame relay link */ -#define WANCONFIG_PPP 103 /* synchronous PPP link */ -#define WANCONFIG_CHDLC 104 /* Cisco HDLC Link */ -#define WANCONFIG_BSC 105 /* BiSync Streaming */ -#define WANCONFIG_HDLC 106 /* HDLC Support */ -#define WANCONFIG_MPPP 107 /* Multi Port PPP over RAW CHDLC */ - /* - * Configuration options defines. + * wanrouter.h Legacy declarations kept around until X25 is removed */ -/* general options */ -#define WANOPT_OFF 0 -#define WANOPT_ON 1 -#define WANOPT_NO 0 -#define WANOPT_YES 1 - -/* intercace options */ -#define WANOPT_RS232 0 -#define WANOPT_V35 1 - -/* data encoding options */ -#define WANOPT_NRZ 0 -#define WANOPT_NRZI 1 -#define WANOPT_FM0 2 -#define WANOPT_FM1 3 - -/* link type options */ -#define WANOPT_POINTTOPOINT 0 /* RTS always active */ -#define WANOPT_MULTIDROP 1 /* RTS is active when transmitting */ - -/* clocking options */ -#define WANOPT_EXTERNAL 0 -#define WANOPT_INTERNAL 1 - -/* station options */ -#define WANOPT_DTE 0 -#define WANOPT_DCE 1 -#define WANOPT_CPE 0 -#define WANOPT_NODE 1 -#define WANOPT_SECONDARY 0 -#define WANOPT_PRIMARY 1 - -/* connection options */ -#define WANOPT_PERMANENT 0 /* DTR always active */ -#define WANOPT_SWITCHED 1 /* use DTR to setup link (dial-up) */ -#define WANOPT_ONDEMAND 2 /* activate DTR only before sending */ - -/* frame relay in-channel signalling */ -#define WANOPT_FR_ANSI 1 /* ANSI T1.617 Annex D */ -#define WANOPT_FR_Q933 2 /* ITU Q.933A */ -#define WANOPT_FR_LMI 3 /* LMI */ - -/* PPP IP Mode Options */ -#define WANOPT_PPP_STATIC 0 -#define WANOPT_PPP_HOST 1 -#define WANOPT_PPP_PEER 2 - -/* ASY Mode Options */ -#define WANOPT_ONE 1 -#define WANOPT_TWO 2 -#define WANOPT_ONE_AND_HALF 3 - -#define WANOPT_NONE 0 -#define WANOPT_ODD 1 -#define WANOPT_EVEN 2 - -/* CHDLC Protocol Options */ -/* DF Commented out for now. - -#define WANOPT_CHDLC_NO_DCD IGNORE_DCD_FOR_LINK_STAT -#define WANOPT_CHDLC_NO_CTS IGNORE_CTS_FOR_LINK_STAT -#define WANOPT_CHDLC_NO_KEEPALIVE IGNORE_KPALV_FOR_LINK_STAT -*/ - -/* Port options */ -#define WANOPT_PRI 0 -#define WANOPT_SEC 1 -/* read mode */ -#define WANOPT_INTR 0 -#define WANOPT_POLL 1 - -#define WANOPT_TTY_SYNC 0 -#define WANOPT_TTY_ASYNC 1 -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * WAN Link Status Info (for ROUTER_STAT IOCTL). - */ -typedef struct wandev_stat -{ - unsigned state; /* link state */ - unsigned ndev; /* number of configured interfaces */ - - /* link/interface configuration */ - unsigned connection; /* permanent/switched/on-demand */ - unsigned media_type; /* Frame relay/PPP/X.25/SDLC, etc. */ - unsigned mtu; /* max. transmit unit for this device */ - - /* physical level statistics */ - unsigned modem_status; /* modem status */ - unsigned rx_frames; /* received frames count */ - unsigned rx_overruns; /* receiver overrun error count */ - unsigned rx_crc_err; /* receive CRC error count */ - unsigned rx_aborts; /* received aborted frames count */ - unsigned rx_bad_length; /* unexpetedly long/short frames count */ - unsigned rx_dropped; /* frames discarded at device level */ - unsigned tx_frames; /* transmitted frames count */ - unsigned tx_underruns; /* aborted transmissions (underruns) count */ - unsigned tx_timeouts; /* transmission timeouts */ - unsigned tx_rejects; /* other transmit errors */ - - /* media level statistics */ - unsigned rx_bad_format; /* frames with invalid format */ - unsigned rx_bad_addr; /* frames with invalid media address */ - unsigned tx_retries; /* frames re-transmitted */ - unsigned reserved[16]; /* reserved for future use */ -} wandev_stat_t; +#ifndef _UAPI_ROUTER_H +#define _UAPI_ROUTER_H /* 'state' defines */ enum wan_states @@ -365,88 +11,7 @@ enum wan_states WAN_UNCONFIGURED, /* link/channel is not configured */ WAN_DISCONNECTED, /* link/channel is disconnected */ WAN_CONNECTING, /* connection is in progress */ - WAN_CONNECTED, /* link/channel is operational */ - WAN_LIMIT, /* for verification only */ - WAN_DUALPORT, /* for Dual Port cards */ - WAN_DISCONNECTING, - WAN_FT1_READY /* FT1 Configurator Ready */ + WAN_CONNECTED /* link/channel is operational */ }; -enum { - WAN_LOCAL_IP, - WAN_POINTOPOINT_IP, - WAN_NETMASK_IP, - WAN_BROADCAST_IP -}; - -/* 'modem_status' masks */ -#define WAN_MODEM_CTS 0x0001 /* CTS line active */ -#define WAN_MODEM_DCD 0x0002 /* DCD line active */ -#define WAN_MODEM_DTR 0x0010 /* DTR line active */ -#define WAN_MODEM_RTS 0x0020 /* RTS line active */ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * WAN interface (logical channel) configuration (for ROUTER_IFNEW IOCTL). - */ -typedef struct wanif_conf -{ - unsigned magic; /* magic number */ - unsigned config_id; /* configuration identifier */ - char name[WAN_IFNAME_SZ+1]; /* interface name, ASCIIZ */ - char addr[WAN_ADDRESS_SZ+1]; /* media address, ASCIIZ */ - char usedby[USED_BY_FIELD]; /* used by API or WANPIPE */ - unsigned idle_timeout; /* sec, before disconnecting */ - unsigned hold_timeout; /* sec, before re-connecting */ - unsigned cir; /* Committed Information Rate fwd,bwd*/ - unsigned bc; /* Committed Burst Size fwd, bwd */ - unsigned be; /* Excess Burst Size fwd, bwd */ - unsigned char enable_IPX; /* Enable or Disable IPX */ - unsigned char inarp; /* Send Inverse ARP requests Y/N */ - unsigned inarp_interval; /* sec, between InARP requests */ - unsigned long network_number; /* Network Number for IPX */ - char mc; /* Multicast on or off */ - char local_addr[WAN_ADDRESS_SZ+1];/* local media address, ASCIIZ */ - unsigned char port; /* board port */ - unsigned char protocol; /* prococol used in this channel (TCPOX25 or X25) */ - char pap; /* PAP enabled or disabled */ - char chap; /* CHAP enabled or disabled */ - unsigned char userid[511]; /* List of User Id */ - unsigned char passwd[511]; /* List of passwords */ - unsigned char sysname[31]; /* Name of the system */ - unsigned char ignore_dcd; /* Protocol options: */ - unsigned char ignore_cts; /* Ignore these to determine */ - unsigned char ignore_keepalive; /* link status (Yes or No) */ - unsigned char hdlc_streaming; /* Hdlc streaming mode (Y/N) */ - unsigned keepalive_tx_tmr; /* transmit keepalive timer */ - unsigned keepalive_rx_tmr; /* receive keepalive timer */ - unsigned keepalive_err_margin; /* keepalive_error_tolerance */ - unsigned slarp_timer; /* SLARP request timer */ - unsigned char ttl; /* Time To Live for UDP security */ - char interface; /* RS-232/V.35, etc. */ - char clocking; /* external/internal */ - unsigned bps; /* data transfer rate */ - unsigned mtu; /* maximum transmit unit size */ - unsigned char if_down; /* brind down interface when disconnected */ - unsigned char gateway; /* Is this interface a gateway */ - unsigned char true_if_encoding; /* Set the dev->type to true board protocol */ - - unsigned char asy_data_trans; /* async API options */ - unsigned char rts_hs_for_receive; /* async Protocol options */ - unsigned char xon_xoff_hs_for_receive; - unsigned char xon_xoff_hs_for_transmit; - unsigned char dcd_hs_for_transmit; - unsigned char cts_hs_for_transmit; - unsigned char async_mode; - unsigned tx_bits_per_char; - unsigned rx_bits_per_char; - unsigned stop_bits; - unsigned char parity; - unsigned break_timer; - unsigned inter_char_timer; - unsigned rx_complete_length; - unsigned xon_char; - unsigned xoff_char; - unsigned char receive_only; /* no transmit buffering (Y/N) */ -} wanif_conf_t; - #endif /* _UAPI_ROUTER_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0415d291022543d83ee799e9ffee08d856bca6e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Enke Chen Date: Mon, 4 Feb 2013 16:14:32 +0100 Subject: fuse: send poll events commit 626cf23660 "poll: add poll_requested_events()..." enabled us to send the requested events to the filesystem. Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index 3451b6061e69..68619e9210b9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ * * 7.21 * - add FUSE_READDIRPLUS + * - send the requested events in POLL request */ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H @@ -585,7 +586,7 @@ struct fuse_poll_in { __u64 fh; __u64 kh; __u32 flags; - __u32 padding; + __u32 events; }; struct fuse_poll_out { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 42745e039312ab4672c60ec584651f0c74e8264f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vladimir Kondratiev Date: Mon, 4 Feb 2013 13:53:11 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: expand per-station byte counters to 64bit In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped every few seconds. Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit. Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64 Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not break userspace. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev [change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 225a65e72219..9a2ecdc4136c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1857,6 +1857,8 @@ enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (u32, from this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (u32, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (u64, from this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (u64, to this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info @@ -1909,6 +1911,8 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, + NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, + NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 85f024401bf80746ae08b7fd5809a9b16accf0b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Chan Date: Tue, 29 Jan 2013 17:54:44 -0800 Subject: serial_core: Fix type definition for PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE. It was mistakenly defined to be 24 instead of the next higher number 25. Reported-by: Alexander Shishkin Cc: Stephen Hurd Signed-off-by: Michael Chan Cc: stable # 3.8 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index 08464ef2c72c..b6a23a483d74 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #define PORT_LPC3220 22 /* NXP LPC32xx SoC "Standard" UART */ #define PORT_8250_CIR 23 /* CIR infrared port, has its own driver */ #define PORT_XR17V35X 24 /* Exar XR17V35x UARTs */ -#define PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE 24 +#define PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE 25 #define PORT_MAX_8250 25 /* max port ID */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From d1beadd1cb649404bfa2c3d92f77dbcb15b712e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Mon, 28 Jan 2013 10:44:48 +0000 Subject: netfilter: xt_conntrack: Add flag to support aliases The patch adds the flag to denote the "state" alias as of the subset of the "conntrack" match. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_conntrack.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_conntrack.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_conntrack.h index e3c041d54020..e5bd3083a843 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_conntrack.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_conntrack.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ enum { XT_CONNTRACK_REPLSRC_PORT = 1 << 10, XT_CONNTRACK_REPLDST_PORT = 1 << 11, XT_CONNTRACK_DIRECTION = 1 << 12, + XT_CONNTRACK_STATE_ALIAS = 1 << 13, }; struct xt_conntrack_mtinfo1 { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5474f57f7d686ac918355419cb71496f835aaf5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Wed, 30 Jan 2013 20:24:22 +0100 Subject: netfilter: xt_CT: add alias flag This patch adds the alias flag to support full NOTRACK target aliasing. Based on initial patch from Jozsef Kadlecsik. Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_CT.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_CT.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_CT.h index a064b8af360c..5a688c1ca4d7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_CT.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_CT.h @@ -3,7 +3,11 @@ #include -#define XT_CT_NOTRACK 0x1 +enum { + XT_CT_NOTRACK = 1 << 0, + XT_CT_NOTRACK_ALIAS = 1 << 1, + XT_CT_MASK = XT_CT_NOTRACK | XT_CT_NOTRACK_ALIAS, +}; struct xt_ct_target_info { __u16 flags; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ccbe779bcdee130ea7f1525670dc9d60318a981 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sylwester Nawrocki Date: Sat, 19 Jan 2013 15:51:55 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 94cbe26e9f00..928799c2e2d9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1822,6 +1822,7 @@ struct v4l2_event_vsync { /* Payload for V4L2_EVENT_CTRL */ #define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE (1 << 0) #define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS (1 << 1) +#define V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE (1 << 2) struct v4l2_event_ctrl { __u32 changes; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 28718152e0a78085297ec7705f53869e41d1ae73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Thu, 24 Jan 2013 04:42:05 -0300 Subject: [media] Move DV-class control IDs from videodev2.h to v4l2-controls.h When the control IDs were split off from videodev2.h to v4l2-controls.h these new Digital Video controls were forgotten (the two patches may have crossed one another). Move these controls to their proper place in v4l2-controls.h. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 22 ---------------------- 2 files changed, 24 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 4dc0822700fe..0bece06792d7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -778,6 +778,7 @@ enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling { #define V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DQT (1 << 17) #define V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DHT (1 << 18) + /* Image source controls */ #define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE | 0x900) #define V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE | 1) @@ -796,4 +797,27 @@ enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling { #define V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE (V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 2) #define V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN (V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS_BASE + 3) + +/* DV-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */ +#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 0x900) +#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 1) + +#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 1) +#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 2) +#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 3) +#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 4) +enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode { + V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D = 0, + V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI = 1, +}; +#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 5) +enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range { + V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_AUTO = 0, + V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_LIMITED = 1, + V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_FULL = 2, +}; + +#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 100) +#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 101) + #endif diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 928799c2e2d9..234d1d870914 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1354,28 +1354,6 @@ struct v4l2_querymenu { #define V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE 0x08000000 -/* DV-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */ -#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 0x900) -#define V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV | 1) - -#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 1) -#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 2) -#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 3) -#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 4) -enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode { - V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D = 0, - V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI = 1, -}; -#define V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 5) -enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range { - V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_AUTO = 0, - V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_LIMITED = 1, - V4L2_DV_RGB_RANGE_FULL = 2, -}; - -#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 100) -#define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 101) - /* * T U N I N G */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ed986d1fee77bbbb62291a1db1c7edbb00d99515 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Tue, 29 Jan 2013 07:21:02 -0300 Subject: [media] meye: convert to the control framework Convert the meye driver to the control framework. Some private controls have been replaced with standardized controls (SHARPNESS and JPEGQUAL). The AGC control looks like it can be replaced by the AUTOGAIN control, but it isn't a boolean so I do not know how to interpret it. The FRAMERATE control looks like it can be replaced by S_PARM, but again, without knowing how to interpret it I decided to leave it alone. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/meye.h | 8 +++----- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/meye.h b/include/uapi/linux/meye.h index 0dd49954f746..8ff50fe9e481 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/meye.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/meye.h @@ -57,10 +57,8 @@ struct meye_params { #define MEYEIOC_STILLJCAPT _IOR ('v', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE+5, int) /* V4L2 private controls */ -#define V4L2_CID_AGC V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE -#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_SHARPNESS (V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + 1) -#define V4L2_CID_PICTURE (V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + 2) -#define V4L2_CID_JPEGQUAL (V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + 3) -#define V4L2_CID_FRAMERATE (V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + 4) +#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_AGC (V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 0) +#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_PICTURE (V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 1) +#define V4L2_CID_MEYE_FRAMERATE (V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE + 2) #endif diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 0bece06792d7..dcd63745e83a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -140,6 +140,11 @@ enum v4l2_colorfx { /* last CID + 1 */ #define V4L2_CID_LASTP1 (V4L2_CID_BASE+43) +/* USER-class private control IDs */ + +/* The base for the meye driver controls. See linux/meye.h for the list + * of controls. We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1000) /* MPEG-class control IDs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7e98d53086d18c877cb44e9065219335184024de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Thu, 7 Feb 2013 11:58:12 +0100 Subject: Synchronize fuse header with one used in library The library one has provisions for use in *BSD, add them to the kernel one too. They don't hurt and ease maintenance. Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 37 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index 68619e9210b9..baee03e90438 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -1,9 +1,35 @@ /* - FUSE: Filesystem in Userspace + This file defines the kernel interface of FUSE Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Miklos Szeredi This program can be distributed under the terms of the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING. + + This -- and only this -- header file may also be distributed under + the terms of the BSD Licence as follows: + + Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Miklos Szeredi. All rights reserved. + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* @@ -69,7 +95,16 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H #define _LINUX_FUSE_H +#ifdef __linux__ #include +#else +#include +#define __u64 uint64_t +#define __s64 int64_t +#define __u32 uint32_t +#define __s32 int32_t +#define __u16 uint16_t +#endif /* * Version negotiation: -- cgit v1.2.3 From 634734b63ac39e137a1c623ba74f3e062b6577db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Wong Date: Wed, 6 Feb 2013 22:29:01 +0000 Subject: fuse: allow control of adaptive readdirplus use For some filesystems (e.g. GlusterFS), the cost of performing a normal readdir and readdirplus are identical. Since adaptively using readdirplus has no benefit for those systems, give users/filesystems the option to control adaptive readdirplus use. v2 of this patch incorporates Miklos's suggestion to simplify the code, as well as improving consistency of macro names and documentation. Signed-off-by: Eric Wong Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index baee03e90438..4c43b4448792 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -218,6 +218,8 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { * FUSE_FLOCK_LOCKS: remote locking for BSD style file locks * FUSE_HAS_IOCTL_DIR: kernel supports ioctl on directories * FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA: automatically invalidate cached pages + * FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS: do READDIRPLUS (READDIR+LOOKUP in one) + * FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO: adaptive readdirplus */ #define FUSE_ASYNC_READ (1 << 0) #define FUSE_POSIX_LOCKS (1 << 1) @@ -233,6 +235,7 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { #define FUSE_HAS_IOCTL_DIR (1 << 11) #define FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA (1 << 12) #define FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS (1 << 13) +#define FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO (1 << 14) /** * CUSE INIT request/reply flags -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4f4ffc3a5398ef9bdbb32db04756d7d34e356fcf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Helge Deller Date: Mon, 4 Feb 2013 19:39:52 +0000 Subject: unbreak automounter support on 64-bit kernel with 32-bit userspace (v2) automount-support is broken on the parisc architecture, because the existing #if list does not include a check for defined(__hppa__). The HPPA (parisc) architecture is similiar to other 64bit Linux targets where we have to define autofs_wqt_t (which is passed back and forth to user space) as int type which has a size of 32bit across 32 and 64bit kernels. During the discussion on the mailing list, H. Peter Anvin suggested to invert the #if list since only specific platforms (specifically those who do not have a 32bit userspace, like IA64 and Alpha) should have autofs_wqt_t as unsigned long type. This suggestion is probably the best way to go, since Arm64 (and maybe others?) seems to have a non-working automounter. So in the long run even for other new upcoming architectures this inverted check seem to be the best solution, since it will not require them to change this #if again (unless they are 64bit only). Signed-off-by: Helge Deller Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Acked-by: Ian Kent Acked-by: Catalin Marinas CC: James Bottomley CC: Rolf Eike Beer --- include/uapi/linux/auto_fs.h | 25 ++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/auto_fs.h b/include/uapi/linux/auto_fs.h index 77cdba9df274..bb991dfe134f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/auto_fs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/auto_fs.h @@ -28,25 +28,16 @@ #define AUTOFS_MIN_PROTO_VERSION AUTOFS_PROTO_VERSION /* - * Architectures where both 32- and 64-bit binaries can be executed - * on 64-bit kernels need this. This keeps the structure format - * uniform, and makes sure the wait_queue_token isn't too big to be - * passed back down to the kernel. - * - * This assumes that on these architectures: - * mode 32 bit 64 bit - * ------------------------- - * int 32 bit 32 bit - * long 32 bit 64 bit - * - * If so, 32-bit user-space code should be backwards compatible. + * The wait_queue_token (autofs_wqt_t) is part of a structure which is passed + * back to the kernel via ioctl from userspace. On architectures where 32- and + * 64-bit userspace binaries can be executed it's important that the size of + * autofs_wqt_t stays constant between 32- and 64-bit Linux kernels so that we + * do not break the binary ABI interface by changing the structure size. */ - -#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__mips__) || defined(__x86_64__) \ - || defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__s390__) -typedef unsigned int autofs_wqt_t; -#else +#if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__alpha__) /* pure 64bit architectures */ typedef unsigned long autofs_wqt_t; +#else +typedef unsigned int autofs_wqt_t; #endif /* Packet types */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d021c344051af91f42c5ba9fdedc176740cbd238 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy King Date: Wed, 6 Feb 2013 14:23:56 +0000 Subject: VSOCK: Introduce VM Sockets VM Sockets allows communication between virtual machines and the hypervisor. User level applications both in a virtual machine and on the host can use the VM Sockets API, which facilitates fast and efficient communication between guest virtual machines and their host. A socket address family, designed to be compatible with UDP and TCP at the interface level, is provided. Today, VM Sockets is used by various VMware Tools components inside the guest for zero-config, network-less access to VMware host services. In addition to this, VMware's users are using VM Sockets for various applications, where network access of the virtual machine is restricted or non-existent. Examples of this are VMs communicating with device proxies for proprietary hardware running as host applications and automated testing of applications running within virtual machines. The VMware VM Sockets are similar to other socket types, like Berkeley UNIX socket interface. The VM Sockets module supports both connection-oriented stream sockets like TCP, and connectionless datagram sockets like UDP. The VM Sockets protocol family is defined as "AF_VSOCK" and the socket operations split for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_STREAM. For additional information about the use of VM Sockets, please refer to the VM Sockets Programming Guide available at: https://www.vmware.com/support/developer/vmci-sdk/ Signed-off-by: George Zhang Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Andy king Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h | 171 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7f2e99dec84 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * VMware vSockets Driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 VMware, Inc. All rights reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + * Software Foundation version 2 and no later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + */ + +#ifndef _VM_SOCKETS_H_ +#define _VM_SOCKETS_H_ + +#if !defined(__KERNEL__) +#include +#endif + +/* Option name for STREAM socket buffer size. Use as the option name in + * setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long that + * specifies the size of the buffer underlying a vSockets STREAM socket. + * Value is clamped to the MIN and MAX. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +/* Option name for STREAM socket minimum buffer size. Use as the option name + * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long that + * specifies the minimum size allowed for the buffer underlying a vSockets + * STREAM socket. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 1 + +/* Option name for STREAM socket maximum buffer size. Use as the option name + * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long + * that specifies the maximum size allowed for the buffer underlying a + * vSockets STREAM socket. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_BUFFER_MAX_SIZE 2 + +/* Option name for socket peer's host-specific VM ID. Use as the option name + * in getsockopt(3) to get a host-specific identifier for the peer endpoint's + * VM. The identifier is a signed integer. + * Only available for hypervisor endpoints. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_PEER_HOST_VM_ID 3 + +/* Option name for socket's service label. Use as the option name in + * setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the service label for a socket. + * The service label is a C-style NUL-terminated string. Only available for + * hypervisor endpoints. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_SERVICE_LABEL 4 + +/* Option name for determining if a socket is trusted. Use as the option name + * in getsockopt(3) to determine if a socket is trusted. The value is a + * signed integer. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_TRUSTED 5 + +/* Option name for STREAM socket connection timeout. Use as the option name + * in setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the connection + * timeout for a STREAM socket. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_CONNECT_TIMEOUT 6 + +/* Option name for using non-blocking send/receive. Use as the option name + * for setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the non-blocking + * transmit/receive flag for a STREAM socket. This flag determines whether + * send() and recv() can be called in non-blocking contexts for the given + * socket. The value is a signed integer. + * + * This option is only relevant to kernel endpoints, where descheduling the + * thread of execution is not allowed, for example, while holding a spinlock. + * It is not to be confused with conventional non-blocking socket operations. + * + * Only available for hypervisor endpoints. + */ + +#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_NONBLOCK_TXRX 7 + +/* The vSocket equivalent of INADDR_ANY. This works for the svm_cid field of + * sockaddr_vm and indicates the context ID of the current endpoint. + */ + +#define VMADDR_CID_ANY -1U + +/* Bind to any available port. Works for the svm_port field of + * sockaddr_vm. + */ + +#define VMADDR_PORT_ANY -1U + +/* Use this as the destination CID in an address when referring to the + * hypervisor. VMCI relies on it being 0, but this would be useful for other + * transports too. + */ + +#define VMADDR_CID_HYPERVISOR 0 + +/* This CID is specific to VMCI and can be considered reserved (even VMCI + * doesn't use it anymore, it's a legacy value from an older release). + */ + +#define VMADDR_CID_RESERVED 1 + +/* Use this as the destination CID in an address when referring to the host + * (any process other than the hypervisor). VMCI relies on it being 2, but + * this would be useful for other transports too. + */ + +#define VMADDR_CID_HOST 2 + +/* Invalid vSockets version. */ + +#define VM_SOCKETS_INVALID_VERSION -1U + +/* The epoch (first) component of the vSockets version. A single byte + * representing the epoch component of the vSockets version. + */ + +#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_EPOCH(_v) (((_v) & 0xFF000000) >> 24) + +/* The major (second) component of the vSockets version. A single byte + * representing the major component of the vSockets version. Typically + * changes for every major release of a product. + */ + +#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_MAJOR(_v) (((_v) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) + +/* The minor (third) component of the vSockets version. Two bytes representing + * the minor component of the vSockets version. + */ + +#define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_MINOR(_v) (((_v) & 0x0000FFFF)) + +/* Address structure for vSockets. The address family should be set to + * whatever vmci_sock_get_af_value_fd() returns. The structure members should + * all align on their natural boundaries without resorting to compiler packing + * directives. The total size of this structure should be exactly the same as + * that of struct sockaddr. + */ + +struct sockaddr_vm { + sa_family_t svm_family; + unsigned short svm_reserved1; + unsigned int svm_port; + unsigned int svm_cid; + unsigned char svm_zero[sizeof(struct sockaddr) - + sizeof(sa_family_t) - + sizeof(unsigned short) - + sizeof(unsigned int) - sizeof(unsigned int)]; +}; + +#define IOCTL_VM_SOCKETS_GET_LOCAL_CID _IO(7, 0xb9) + +#if defined(__KERNEL__) +int vm_sockets_get_local_cid(void); +#endif + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86fbe9bb599fcaf7e92e38dbfdad0414a2d68f7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Ward Date: Fri, 8 Feb 2013 17:17:07 +0000 Subject: net/8021q: Implement Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP) Initial implementation of the Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP) from IEEE 802.1Q-2011, based on the existing implementation of the GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP). Signed-off-by: David Ward Acked-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + include/uapi/linux/if_vlan.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h index 67fb87ca1094..798032d01112 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ #define ETH_P_802_EX1 0x88B5 /* 802.1 Local Experimental 1. */ #define ETH_P_TIPC 0x88CA /* TIPC */ #define ETH_P_8021AH 0x88E7 /* 802.1ah Backbone Service Tag */ +#define ETH_P_MVRP 0x88F5 /* 802.1Q MVRP */ #define ETH_P_1588 0x88F7 /* IEEE 1588 Timesync */ #define ETH_P_FCOE 0x8906 /* Fibre Channel over Ethernet */ #define ETH_P_TDLS 0x890D /* TDLS */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_vlan.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_vlan.h index 0744f8e65d15..7e5e6b397332 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_vlan.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_vlan.h @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ enum vlan_flags { VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HDR = 0x1, VLAN_FLAG_GVRP = 0x2, VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING = 0x4, + VLAN_FLAG_MVRP = 0x8, }; enum vlan_name_types { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3401d54696f992edf036f00f46c8c399d1b75c2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoffer Dall Date: Wed, 23 Jan 2013 13:18:04 -0500 Subject: KVM: ARM: Introduce KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR ioctl On ARM some bits are specific to the model being emulated for the guest and user space needs a way to tell the kernel about those bits. An example is mmio device base addresses, where KVM must know the base address for a given device to properly emulate mmio accesses within a certain address range or directly map a device with virtualiation extensions into the guest address space. We make this API ARM-specific as we haven't yet reached a consensus for a generic API for all KVM architectures that will allow us to do something like this. Reviewed-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Christoffer Dall Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 7f2360a46fc2..c70577cf67bc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -637,6 +637,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_PPC_BOOKE_WATCHDOG 83 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD 84 #define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI 87 +#define KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR 88 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -784,6 +785,11 @@ struct kvm_msi { __u8 pad[16]; }; +struct kvm_arm_device_addr { + __u64 id; + __u64 addr; +}; + /* * ioctls for VM fds */ @@ -869,6 +875,8 @@ struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { #define KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA _IOR(KVMIO, 0xa9, struct kvm_allocate_rma) /* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_HTAB_FD */ #define KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD _IOW(KVMIO, 0xaa, struct kvm_get_htab_fd) +/* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR */ +#define KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xab, struct kvm_arm_device_addr) /* * ioctls for vcpu fds -- cgit v1.2.3 From b6a7bceb3b9315478657bc55884dfdcd104c9864 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Mon, 11 Feb 2013 23:56:40 -0800 Subject: nl80211: minor correction in sample wowlan mask calculation The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where xx indicates "don't care") should be represented by a pattern of twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01", not "0xed,0x07". mask_len = (pat_len + 7) / 8 = (12 + 7) / 8 = 2 Hence the mask will be of 2 bytes. Replace each valid byte in pattern by 1 and don't care byte by 0: 10110111 1000 (0000) 1st byte of pattern corresponds to lower order bit in first byte of mask. And 9th byte of pattern corresponds to lower order bit in second byte of mask. With this logic the mask will be 11101101 00000001 = 0xed 0x01 Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 9a2ecdc4136c..b23321154e8b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of - * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x07". + * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. -- cgit v1.2.3 From bb92d19983a4b54be3e3b83441a8076d92cd04bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Tue, 12 Feb 2013 12:16:26 -0800 Subject: nl80211: add packet offset information for wowlan pattern If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern efficiently. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao [refactor pattern sending] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 12 +++++++++--- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index b23321154e8b..eb7b32247ec5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2910,6 +2910,8 @@ enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after + * these fixed number of bytes of received packet * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT: number of attributes * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT: max attribute number */ @@ -2917,6 +2919,7 @@ enum nl80211_wowlan_packet_pattern_attr { __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID, NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK, NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN, + NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET, NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT, MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT - 1, @@ -2927,6 +2930,7 @@ enum nl80211_wowlan_packet_pattern_attr { * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern + * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset * * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED in the @@ -2936,6 +2940,7 @@ struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support { __u32 max_patterns; __u32 min_pattern_len; __u32 max_pattern_len; + __u32 max_pkt_offset; } __attribute__((packed)); /** @@ -2951,9 +2956,10 @@ struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support { * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. - * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. The matching is done on the MSDU, - * i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the pattern matching - * is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. + * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with + * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is + * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the + * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. * * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute * carrying a &struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a0e047ed62f20664005881b8e7f9328f910316a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 23 Jan 2013 22:57:40 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: configuration for WoWLAN over TCP Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection after suspending, sending some data and waking up when the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it. Acked-by: David S. Miller Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 125 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 125 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index eb7b32247ec5..5309b34930ea 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2991,6 +2991,17 @@ struct nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support { * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section + * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute + * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive + * the TCP connection. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the + * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the + * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, + * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the + * service * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number * @@ -3012,12 +3023,126 @@ enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, /* keep last */ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 }; +/** + * DOC: TCP connection wakeup + * + * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a + * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If + * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given + * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data + * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. + * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence + * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also + * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive + * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. + * + * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the + * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern + * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the + * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is + * also woken up. + * + * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP + * response packets might not go through correctly. + */ + +/** + * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence + * @start: starting value + * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet + * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 + * + * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the + * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet + * in little endian. + */ +struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { + __u32 start, offset, len; +}; + +/** + * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config + * @offset: offset of token in packet + * @len: length of each token + * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must + * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense + */ +struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { + __u32 offset, len; + __u8 token_stream[]; +}; + +/** + * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features + * @min_len: minimum token length + * @max_len: maximum token length + * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) + */ +struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { + __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; +}; + +/** + * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters + * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address + * (in network byte order) + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because + * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, + * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it + * might require ARP querying. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a + * socket and port will be allocated + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. + * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length + * of the data payload. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration + * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature + * advertising it is just a flag + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, + * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see + * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum + * interval in feature advertising (u32) + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a + * u32 attribute holding the maximum length + * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for + * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK + * but on the TCP payload only. + * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes + * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number + */ +enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { + __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, + NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, + + /* keep last */ + NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, + MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93be6ce0e91b6a94783e012b1857a347a5e6e9f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrey Vagin Date: Mon, 11 Feb 2013 05:50:18 +0000 Subject: tcp: set and get per-socket timestamp A timestamp can be set, only if a socket is in the repair mode. This patch adds a new socket option TCP_TIMESTAMP, which allows to get and set current tcp times stamp. Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov Cc: James Morris Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Eric Dumazet Cc: Pavel Emelyanov Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/tcp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h b/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h index e962faa5ab0d..6b1ead0b0c9d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h @@ -111,6 +111,7 @@ enum { #define TCP_QUEUE_SEQ 21 #define TCP_REPAIR_OPTIONS 22 #define TCP_FASTOPEN 23 /* Enable FastOpen on listeners */ +#define TCP_TIMESTAMP 24 struct tcp_repair_opt { __u32 opt_code; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 407af3299ef1ac7e87ce3fb530e32a009d1a9efd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Wed, 13 Feb 2013 12:00:12 +0000 Subject: bridge: Add netlink interface to configure vlans on bridge ports Add a netlink interface to add and remove vlan configuration on bridge port. The interface uses the RTM_SETLINK message and encodes the vlan configuration inside the IFLA_AF_SPEC. It is possble to include multiple vlans to either add or remove in a single message. Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index 5db297514aec..3ca9817ca7e8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -108,15 +108,24 @@ struct __fdb_entry { * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { * [IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS] * [IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE] + * [IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO] * } */ enum { IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS, IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE, + IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO, __IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX, }; #define IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX - 1) +#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_MASTER (1<<0) /* Operate on Bridge device as well */ + +struct bridge_vlan_info { + u16 flags; + u16 vid; +}; + /* Bridge multicast database attributes * [MDBA_MDB] = { * [MDBA_MDB_ENTRY] = { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6cbdceeb1cb12c7d620161925a8c3e81daadb2e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Wed, 13 Feb 2013 12:00:13 +0000 Subject: bridge: Dump vlan information from a bridge port Using the RTM_GETLINK dump the vlan filter list of a given bridge port. The information depends on setting the filter flag similar to how nic VF info is dumped. Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h index 7a5eb196ade9..7a2144e1afae 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rtnetlink.h @@ -630,6 +630,7 @@ struct tcamsg { /* New extended info filters for IFLA_EXT_MASK */ #define RTEXT_FILTER_VF (1 << 0) +#define RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN (1 << 1) /* End of information exported to user level */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 552406c488ec2cf1aaf8b5bd24d1750c9fd6d8cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Wed, 13 Feb 2013 12:00:15 +0000 Subject: bridge: Add the ability to configure pvid A user may designate a certain vlan as PVID. This means that any ingress frame that does not contain a vlan tag is assigned to this vlan and any forwarding decisions are made with this vlan in mind. Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index 3ca9817ca7e8..c6c30e28f396 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ enum { #define IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX (__IFLA_BRIDGE_MAX - 1) #define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_MASTER (1<<0) /* Operate on Bridge device as well */ +#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID (1<<1) /* VLAN is PVID, ingress untagged */ struct bridge_vlan_info { u16 flags; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1690be63a27b20ae65c792729a44f5970561ffa4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Wed, 13 Feb 2013 12:00:18 +0000 Subject: bridge: Add vlan support to static neighbors When a user adds bridge neighbors, allow him to specify VLAN id. If the VLAN id is not specified, the neighbor will be added for VLANs currently in the ports filter list. If no VLANs are configured on the port, we use vlan 0 and only add 1 entry. Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Acked-by: Jitendra Kalsaria Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h b/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h index 275e5d65dcb2..adb068c53c4e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ enum { NDA_LLADDR, NDA_CACHEINFO, NDA_PROBES, + NDA_VLAN, __NDA_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35e03f3a0275a1ba57e432d7c948cf6f70fbb37a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Wed, 13 Feb 2013 12:00:20 +0000 Subject: bridge: Separate egress policy bitmap Add an ability to configure a separate "untagged" egress policy to the VLAN information of the bridge. This superseeds PVID policy and makes PVID ingress-only. The policy is configured with a new flag and is represented as a port bitmap per vlan. Egress frames with a VLAN id in "untagged" policy bitmap would egress the port without VLAN header. Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index c6c30e28f396..f1bf8d34ac9f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ enum { #define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_MASTER (1<<0) /* Operate on Bridge device as well */ #define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID (1<<1) /* VLAN is PVID, ingress untagged */ +#define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED (1<<2) /* VLAN egresses untagged */ struct bridge_vlan_info { u16 flags; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f89ec82521957de807dc0d56264ee226bbe9b98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cong Wang Date: Thu, 14 Feb 2013 13:32:31 +0800 Subject: bridge: use __u16 in if_bridge.h We should use "__u16" instead of "u16" in the user-space visable header. Cc: Vlad Yasevich Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: David S. Miller Signed-off-by: Cong Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h index f1bf8d34ac9f..2d70d79ce2fd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ enum { #define BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED (1<<2) /* VLAN egresses untagged */ struct bridge_vlan_info { - u16 flags; - u16 vid; + __u16 flags; + __u16 vid; }; /* Bridge multicast database attributes -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04f39047af2a6df64b763ea5a271db24879d0391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Wunderlich Date: Fri, 8 Feb 2013 18:16:19 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: add radar detection command/event Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar detected, NOP finished). Once radar detection has started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel is active. This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich [remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 61 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 61 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 5309b34930ea..90b7af86f392 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -603,6 +603,14 @@ * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. * + * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once + * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished + * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with + * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars + * while operating on this channel. + * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the + * event. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -755,6 +763,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, + NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -1342,6 +1352,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC * ACL. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, + * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1620,6 +1633,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, + NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -2022,6 +2037,10 @@ enum nl80211_band_attr { * on this channel in current regulatory domain. * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm * (100 * dBm). + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS + * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long + * this channel is in this DFS state. * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number * currently defined * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -2034,6 +2053,8 @@ enum nl80211_frequency_attr { NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, /* keep last */ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3489,4 +3510,44 @@ enum nl80211_acl_policy { NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation + * + * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace + * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) + * + * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is + * now unusable. + * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, + * the channel is now available. + * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no + * change to the channel status. + * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is + * over, channel becomes usable. + */ +enum nl80211_radar_event { + NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, + NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, + NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, + NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, +}; + +/** + * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels + * + * Channel states used by the DFS code. + * + * @IEEE80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability + * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. + * @IEEE80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it + * is therefore marked as not available. + * @IEEE80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. + */ + +enum nl80211_dfs_state { + NL80211_DFS_USABLE, + NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, + NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 50640f169372b9977487a328dedf13a8debedff7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 12 Dec 2012 17:59:39 +0100 Subject: nl80211: advertise HT/VHT channel limitations When drivers or regulatory have limitations on 40, 80 or 160 MHz channels, advertise these to userspace via nl80211. Also add a new feature flag to let userspace know this is supported. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 17 +++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 90b7af86f392..3880f6ad7ed1 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2041,6 +2041,16 @@ enum nl80211_band_attr { * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long * this channel is in this DFS state. + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this + * channel as the control channel + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this + * channel as the control channel + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel + * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, + * this includes 80+80 channels + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel + * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels + * isn't possible * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number * currently defined * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -2055,6 +2065,10 @@ enum nl80211_frequency_attr { NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, /* keep last */ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3421,6 +3435,8 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. + * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits + * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3437,6 +3453,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 13, + NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From a50df0c4c0d97170a6c43573612acacc43e62fe7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 11 Feb 2013 14:20:05 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: advertise extended capabilities to userspace In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") are implemented in the driver or device, to include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold the extended capabilities bitmap for this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 3880f6ad7ed1..1fd6e5611896 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1355,6 +1355,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). * + * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver + * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See + * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. + * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver + * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1635,6 +1641,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, + NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, + NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9d62a98617298c1da288f50e84c5dd67732e79b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Thu, 14 Feb 2013 21:10:13 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: Pass station (extended) capability info to kernel The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of the peer to the driver. Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes, so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 1fd6e5611896..f7c35ca01efc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1361,6 +1361,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to + * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are + * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations + * and PU-APSD. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1644,6 +1651,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, + NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, + NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 932dd97c5fef091dd6f605fb1d40143d67d91e09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 14 Feb 2013 11:56:13 +0100 Subject: nl80211: renumber NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE Adding the flag to mac80211 already without testing was clearly a mistake, one that we now pay for by having to reserve bit 13 forever. The problem is cfg80211 doesn't allow capability/rate changes for station entries that were added unassociated, so the station entries cannot be set up properly when marked associated. Change the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE value to make it clear to userspace implementations that all current kernels don't actually support it, even though the previous bit is set, and of course also remove the flag from mac80211 until we test and fix the issues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index f7c35ca01efc..c46bb016f4e4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -3471,8 +3471,9 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, - NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 13, + /* bit 13 is reserved */ NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, + NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 84237a826b261de7ddd3d09ee53ee68cb4138937 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alex Williamson Date: Mon, 18 Feb 2013 10:11:13 -0700 Subject: vfio-pci: Add support for VGA region access PCI defines display class VGA regions at I/O port address 0x3b0, 0x3c0 and MMIO address 0xa0000. As these are non-overlapping, we can ignore the I/O port vs MMIO difference and expose them both in a single region. We make use of the VGA arbiter around each access to configure chipset access as necessary. Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson --- include/uapi/linux/vfio.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h b/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h index 4758d1bfcf41..4f41f309911e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h @@ -303,6 +303,15 @@ enum { VFIO_PCI_BAR5_REGION_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_ROM_REGION_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_CONFIG_REGION_INDEX, + /* + * Expose VGA regions defined for PCI base class 03, subclass 00. + * This includes I/O port ranges 0x3b0 to 0x3bb and 0x3c0 to 0x3df + * as well as the MMIO range 0xa0000 to 0xbffff. Each implemented + * range is found at it's identity mapped offset from the region + * offset, for example 0x3b0 is region_info.offset + 0x3b0. Areas + * between described ranges are unimplemented. + */ + VFIO_PCI_VGA_REGION_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_NUM_REGIONS }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5b8ca5344f82e594e21c9fbbdf3b13507ecdb5a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy King Date: Mon, 18 Feb 2013 06:04:12 +0000 Subject: VSOCK: Remove hypervisor-only socket option Remove hypervisor-only socket option. Reported-by: Gerd Hoffmann Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Andy King Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h | 8 -------- 1 file changed, 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h index f7f2e99dec84..df91301847ec 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h @@ -52,14 +52,6 @@ #define SO_VM_SOCKETS_PEER_HOST_VM_ID 3 -/* Option name for socket's service label. Use as the option name in - * setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get the service label for a socket. - * The service label is a C-style NUL-terminated string. Only available for - * hypervisor endpoints. - */ - -#define SO_VM_SOCKETS_SERVICE_LABEL 4 - /* Option name for determining if a socket is trusted. Use as the option name * in getsockopt(3) to determine if a socket is trusted. The value is a * signed integer. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 55e301fd57a6239ec14b91a1cf2e70b3dd135194 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Filipe Brandenburger Date: Tue, 29 Jan 2013 06:04:50 +0000 Subject: Btrfs: move fs/btrfs/ioctl.h to include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h The header file will then be installed under /usr/include/linux so that userspace applications can refer to Btrfs ioctls by name and use the same structs used internally in the kernel. Signed-off-by: Filipe Brandenburger Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 503 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 504 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild index 19e765fbfef7..896ee1247294 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ header-y += blkpg.h header-y += blktrace_api.h header-y += bpqether.h header-y += bsg.h +header-y += btrfs.h header-y += can.h header-y += capability.h header-y += capi.h diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cffbb582dd90 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Oracle. All rights reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + * License v2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + * License along with this program; if not, write to the + * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + * Boston, MA 021110-1307, USA. + */ + +#ifndef _UAPI_LINUX_BTRFS_H +#define _UAPI_LINUX_BTRFS_H +#include +#include + +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC 0x94 +#define BTRFS_VOL_NAME_MAX 255 + +/* this should be 4k */ +#define BTRFS_PATH_NAME_MAX 4087 +struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args { + __s64 fd; + char name[BTRFS_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1]; +}; + +#define BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX 1024 + +#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_CREATE_ASYNC (1ULL << 0) +#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_RDONLY (1ULL << 1) +#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_QGROUP_INHERIT (1ULL << 2) +#define BTRFS_FSID_SIZE 16 +#define BTRFS_UUID_SIZE 16 + +#define BTRFS_QGROUP_INHERIT_SET_LIMITS (1ULL << 0) + +struct btrfs_qgroup_limit { + __u64 flags; + __u64 max_rfer; + __u64 max_excl; + __u64 rsv_rfer; + __u64 rsv_excl; +}; + +struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit { + __u64 flags; + __u64 num_qgroups; + __u64 num_ref_copies; + __u64 num_excl_copies; + struct btrfs_qgroup_limit lim; + __u64 qgroups[0]; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args { + __u64 qgroupid; + struct btrfs_qgroup_limit lim; +}; + +#define BTRFS_SUBVOL_NAME_MAX 4039 +struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2 { + __s64 fd; + __u64 transid; + __u64 flags; + union { + struct { + __u64 size; + struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit __user *qgroup_inherit; + }; + __u64 unused[4]; + }; + char name[BTRFS_SUBVOL_NAME_MAX + 1]; +}; + +/* + * structure to report errors and progress to userspace, either as a + * result of a finished scrub, a canceled scrub or a progress inquiry + */ +struct btrfs_scrub_progress { + __u64 data_extents_scrubbed; /* # of data extents scrubbed */ + __u64 tree_extents_scrubbed; /* # of tree extents scrubbed */ + __u64 data_bytes_scrubbed; /* # of data bytes scrubbed */ + __u64 tree_bytes_scrubbed; /* # of tree bytes scrubbed */ + __u64 read_errors; /* # of read errors encountered (EIO) */ + __u64 csum_errors; /* # of failed csum checks */ + __u64 verify_errors; /* # of occurences, where the metadata + * of a tree block did not match the + * expected values, like generation or + * logical */ + __u64 no_csum; /* # of 4k data block for which no csum + * is present, probably the result of + * data written with nodatasum */ + __u64 csum_discards; /* # of csum for which no data was found + * in the extent tree. */ + __u64 super_errors; /* # of bad super blocks encountered */ + __u64 malloc_errors; /* # of internal kmalloc errors. These + * will likely cause an incomplete + * scrub */ + __u64 uncorrectable_errors; /* # of errors where either no intact + * copy was found or the writeback + * failed */ + __u64 corrected_errors; /* # of errors corrected */ + __u64 last_physical; /* last physical address scrubbed. In + * case a scrub was aborted, this can + * be used to restart the scrub */ + __u64 unverified_errors; /* # of occurences where a read for a + * full (64k) bio failed, but the re- + * check succeeded for each 4k piece. + * Intermittent error. */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_SCRUB_READONLY 1 +struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args { + __u64 devid; /* in */ + __u64 start; /* in */ + __u64 end; /* in */ + __u64 flags; /* in */ + struct btrfs_scrub_progress progress; /* out */ + /* pad to 1k */ + __u64 unused[(1024-32-sizeof(struct btrfs_scrub_progress))/8]; +}; + +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_ALWAYS 0 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CONT_READING_FROM_SRCDEV_MODE_AVOID 1 +struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_start_params { + __u64 srcdevid; /* in, if 0, use srcdev_name instead */ + __u64 cont_reading_from_srcdev_mode; /* in, see #define + * above */ + __u8 srcdev_name[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1]; /* in */ + __u8 tgtdev_name[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX + 1]; /* in */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_NEVER_STARTED 0 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_STARTED 1 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_FINISHED 2 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_CANCELED 3 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_STATE_SUSPENDED 4 +struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_status_params { + __u64 replace_state; /* out, see #define above */ + __u64 progress_1000; /* out, 0 <= x <= 1000 */ + __u64 time_started; /* out, seconds since 1-Jan-1970 */ + __u64 time_stopped; /* out, seconds since 1-Jan-1970 */ + __u64 num_write_errors; /* out */ + __u64 num_uncorrectable_read_errors; /* out */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_START 0 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_STATUS 1 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_CMD_CANCEL 2 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_NO_ERROR 0 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_NOT_STARTED 1 +#define BTRFS_IOCTL_DEV_REPLACE_RESULT_ALREADY_STARTED 2 +struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_args { + __u64 cmd; /* in */ + __u64 result; /* out */ + + union { + struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_start_params start; + struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_status_params status; + }; /* in/out */ + + __u64 spare[64]; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_info_args { + __u64 devid; /* in/out */ + __u8 uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE]; /* in/out */ + __u64 bytes_used; /* out */ + __u64 total_bytes; /* out */ + __u64 unused[379]; /* pad to 4k */ + __u8 path[BTRFS_DEVICE_PATH_NAME_MAX]; /* out */ +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_fs_info_args { + __u64 max_id; /* out */ + __u64 num_devices; /* out */ + __u8 fsid[BTRFS_FSID_SIZE]; /* out */ + __u64 reserved[124]; /* pad to 1k */ +}; + +/* balance control ioctl modes */ +#define BTRFS_BALANCE_CTL_PAUSE 1 +#define BTRFS_BALANCE_CTL_CANCEL 2 + +/* + * this is packed, because it should be exactly the same as its disk + * byte order counterpart (struct btrfs_disk_balance_args) + */ +struct btrfs_balance_args { + __u64 profiles; + __u64 usage; + __u64 devid; + __u64 pstart; + __u64 pend; + __u64 vstart; + __u64 vend; + + __u64 target; + + __u64 flags; + + __u64 unused[8]; +} __attribute__ ((__packed__)); + +/* report balance progress to userspace */ +struct btrfs_balance_progress { + __u64 expected; /* estimated # of chunks that will be + * relocated to fulfill the request */ + __u64 considered; /* # of chunks we have considered so far */ + __u64 completed; /* # of chunks relocated so far */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_RUNNING (1ULL << 0) +#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_PAUSE_REQ (1ULL << 1) +#define BTRFS_BALANCE_STATE_CANCEL_REQ (1ULL << 2) + +struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args { + __u64 flags; /* in/out */ + __u64 state; /* out */ + + struct btrfs_balance_args data; /* in/out */ + struct btrfs_balance_args meta; /* in/out */ + struct btrfs_balance_args sys; /* in/out */ + + struct btrfs_balance_progress stat; /* out */ + + __u64 unused[72]; /* pad to 1k */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_PATH_MAX 4080 +struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_args { + __u64 treeid; + __u64 objectid; + char name[BTRFS_INO_LOOKUP_PATH_MAX]; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key { + /* which root are we searching. 0 is the tree of tree roots */ + __u64 tree_id; + + /* keys returned will be >= min and <= max */ + __u64 min_objectid; + __u64 max_objectid; + + /* keys returned will be >= min and <= max */ + __u64 min_offset; + __u64 max_offset; + + /* max and min transids to search for */ + __u64 min_transid; + __u64 max_transid; + + /* keys returned will be >= min and <= max */ + __u32 min_type; + __u32 max_type; + + /* + * how many items did userland ask for, and how many are we + * returning + */ + __u32 nr_items; + + /* align to 64 bits */ + __u32 unused; + + /* some extra for later */ + __u64 unused1; + __u64 unused2; + __u64 unused3; + __u64 unused4; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_search_header { + __u64 transid; + __u64 objectid; + __u64 offset; + __u32 type; + __u32 len; +}; + +#define BTRFS_SEARCH_ARGS_BUFSIZE (4096 - sizeof(struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key)) +/* + * the buf is an array of search headers where + * each header is followed by the actual item + * the type field is expanded to 32 bits for alignment + */ +struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args { + struct btrfs_ioctl_search_key key; + char buf[BTRFS_SEARCH_ARGS_BUFSIZE]; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_clone_range_args { + __s64 src_fd; + __u64 src_offset, src_length; + __u64 dest_offset; +}; + +/* flags for the defrag range ioctl */ +#define BTRFS_DEFRAG_RANGE_COMPRESS 1 +#define BTRFS_DEFRAG_RANGE_START_IO 2 + +struct btrfs_ioctl_space_info { + __u64 flags; + __u64 total_bytes; + __u64 used_bytes; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_space_args { + __u64 space_slots; + __u64 total_spaces; + struct btrfs_ioctl_space_info spaces[0]; +}; + +struct btrfs_data_container { + __u32 bytes_left; /* out -- bytes not needed to deliver output */ + __u32 bytes_missing; /* out -- additional bytes needed for result */ + __u32 elem_cnt; /* out */ + __u32 elem_missed; /* out */ + __u64 val[0]; /* out */ +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_path_args { + __u64 inum; /* in */ + __u64 size; /* in */ + __u64 reserved[4]; + /* struct btrfs_data_container *fspath; out */ + __u64 fspath; /* out */ +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_logical_ino_args { + __u64 logical; /* in */ + __u64 size; /* in */ + __u64 reserved[4]; + /* struct btrfs_data_container *inodes; out */ + __u64 inodes; +}; + +enum btrfs_dev_stat_values { + /* disk I/O failure stats */ + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_WRITE_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */ + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_READ_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */ + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_FLUSH_ERRS, /* EIO or EREMOTEIO from lower layers */ + + /* stats for indirect indications for I/O failures */ + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_CORRUPTION_ERRS, /* checksum error, bytenr error or + * contents is illegal: this is an + * indication that the block was damaged + * during read or write, or written to + * wrong location or read from wrong + * location */ + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_GENERATION_ERRS, /* an indication that blocks have not + * been written */ + + BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX +}; + +/* Reset statistics after reading; needs SYS_ADMIN capability */ +#define BTRFS_DEV_STATS_RESET (1ULL << 0) + +struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats { + __u64 devid; /* in */ + __u64 nr_items; /* in/out */ + __u64 flags; /* in/out */ + + /* out values: */ + __u64 values[BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX]; + + __u64 unused[128 - 2 - BTRFS_DEV_STAT_VALUES_MAX]; /* pad to 1k */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_ENABLE 1 +#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_DISABLE 2 +#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_RESCAN 3 +struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_ctl_args { + __u64 cmd; + __u64 status; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_assign_args { + __u64 assign; + __u64 src; + __u64 dst; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args { + __u64 create; + __u64 qgroupid; +}; +struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec { + __u64 sec; + __u32 nsec; +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args { + char uuid[BTRFS_UUID_SIZE]; /* in */ + __u64 stransid; /* in */ + __u64 rtransid; /* out */ + struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec stime; /* in */ + struct btrfs_ioctl_timespec rtime; /* out */ + __u64 flags; /* in */ + __u64 reserved[16]; /* in */ +}; + +struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { + __s64 send_fd; /* in */ + __u64 clone_sources_count; /* in */ + __u64 __user *clone_sources; /* in */ + __u64 parent_root; /* in */ + __u64 flags; /* in */ + __u64 reserved[4]; /* in */ +}; + +#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFRAG _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 2, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_RESIZE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 3, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SCAN_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 4, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +/* trans start and trans end are dangerous, and only for + * use by applications that know how to avoid the + * resulting deadlocks + */ +#define BTRFS_IOC_TRANS_START _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 6) +#define BTRFS_IOC_TRANS_END _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 7) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SYNC _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 8) + +#define BTRFS_IOC_CLONE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 9, int) +#define BTRFS_IOC_ADD_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 10, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_RM_DEV _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 11, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 12, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) + +#define BTRFS_IOC_CLONE_RANGE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 13, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_clone_range_args) + +#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 14, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_DESTROY _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 15, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFRAG_RANGE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 16, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_defrag_range_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_TREE_SEARCH _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 17, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_search_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_INO_LOOKUP _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 18, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_lookup_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEFAULT_SUBVOL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 19, u64) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SPACE_INFO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 20, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_space_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_START_SYNC _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 24, __u64) +#define BTRFS_IOC_WAIT_SYNC _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 22, __u64) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SNAP_CREATE_V2 _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 23, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_CREATE_V2 _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 24, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args_v2) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_GETFLAGS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 25, __u64) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SUBVOL_SETFLAGS _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 26, __u64) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 27, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB_CANCEL _IO(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 28) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SCRUB_PROGRESS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 29, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_scrub_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_INFO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 30, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_info_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_FS_INFO _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 31, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_fs_info_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_V2 _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 32, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_CTL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 33, int) +#define BTRFS_IOC_BALANCE_PROGRESS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 34, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_balance_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_INO_PATHS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 35, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_path_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_LOGICAL_INO _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 36, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_ino_path_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SET_RECEIVED_SUBVOL _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 37, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SEND _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 38, struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEVICES_READY _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 39, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_vol_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_CTL _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 40, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_ctl_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_ASSIGN _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 41, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_assign_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_CREATE _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 42, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_LIMIT _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 43, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_DEV_STATS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 52, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats) +#define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_REPLACE _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 53, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_dev_replace_args) + +#endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_BTRFS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cb95e7bf7ba481c3d35b238b1cd671b63f54238a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mark Fasheh Date: Mon, 4 Feb 2013 20:54:57 +0000 Subject: btrfs: add "no file data" flag to btrfs send ioctl This patch adds the flag, BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA to the btrfs send ioctl code. When this flag is set, the btrfs send code will never write file data into the stream (thus also avoiding expensive reads of that data in the first place). BTRFS_SEND_C_UPDATE_EXTENT commands will be sent (instead of BTRFS_SEND_C_WRITE) with an offset, length pair indicating the extent in question. This patch does not affect the operation of BTRFS_SEND_C_CLONE commands - they will continue to be sent when a search finds an appropriate extent to clone from. Signed-off-by: Mark Fasheh Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h index cffbb582dd90..dd9f1293ab35 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -407,6 +407,13 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args { __u64 reserved[16]; /* in */ }; +/* + * Caller doesn't want file data in the send stream, even if the + * search of clone sources doesn't find an extent. UPDATE_EXTENT + * commands will be sent instead of WRITE commands. + */ +#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA 0x1 + struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { __s64 send_fd; /* in */ __u64 clone_sources_count; /* in */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 867ab667e74377160c4a683375ee5b8bf8801724 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "jeff.liu" Date: Sat, 5 Jan 2013 02:48:01 +0000 Subject: Btrfs: Add a new ioctl to get the label of a mounted file system Add a new ioctl(2) BTRFS_IOC_GET_FSLABLE, so that we can get the label upon a mounted filesystem. Signed-off-by: Jie Liu Signed-off-by: Anand Jain Cc: Miao Xie Cc: Goffredo Baroncelli Cc: David Sterba Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h index dd9f1293ab35..51c0b335e0c8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -502,6 +502,8 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args) #define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_LIMIT _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 43, \ struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_GET_FSLABEL _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 49, \ + char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE]) #define BTRFS_IOC_GET_DEV_STATS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 52, \ struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats) #define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_REPLACE _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 53, \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a8bfd4abea3da0e28f215e2a2b8c2f1ca27ebe80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "jeff.liu" Date: Sat, 5 Jan 2013 02:48:08 +0000 Subject: Btrfs: set/change the label of a mounted file system With this new ioctl(2) BTRFS_IOC_SET_FSLABEL, we can set/change the label of a mounted file system. Signed-off-by: Jie Liu Signed-off-by: Anand Jain Reviewed-by: Miao Xie Reviewed-by: Goffredo Baroncelli Reviewed-by: David Sterba Reviewed-by: Goffredo Baroncelli Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h index 51c0b335e0c8..fa3a5f9338fc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -504,6 +504,8 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args) #define BTRFS_IOC_GET_FSLABEL _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 49, \ char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE]) +#define BTRFS_IOC_SET_FSLABEL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 50, \ + char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE]) #define BTRFS_IOC_GET_DEV_STATS _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 52, \ struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats) #define BTRFS_IOC_DEV_REPLACE _IOWR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 53, \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b531f81b0d70ffbe8d70500512483227cc532608 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pawel Moll Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2013 01:55:50 +0000 Subject: ALSA: usb: Fix Processing Unit Descriptor parsers Commit 99fc86450c439039d2ef88d06b222fd51a779176 "ALSA: usb-mixer: parse descriptors with structs" introduced a set of useful parsers for descriptors. Unfortunately the parses for the Processing Unit Descriptor came with a very subtle bug... Functions uac_processing_unit_iProcessing() and uac_processing_unit_specific() were indexing the baSourceID array forgetting the fields before the iProcessing and process-specific descriptors. The problem was observed with Sound Blaster Extigy mixer, where nNrModes in Up/Down-mix Processing Unit Descriptor was accessed at offset 10 of the descriptor (value 0) instead of offset 15 (value 7). In result the resulting control had interesting limit values: Simple mixer control 'Channel Routing Mode Select',0 Capabilities: volume volume-joined penum Playback channels: Mono Capture channels: Mono Limits: 0 - -1 Mono: -1 [100%] Fixed by starting from the bmControls, which was calculated correctly, instead of baSourceID. Now the mentioned control is fine: Simple mixer control 'Channel Routing Mode Select',0 Capabilities: volume volume-joined penum Playback channels: Mono Capture channels: Mono Limits: 0 - 6 Mono: 0 [0%] Signed-off-by: Pawel Moll Cc: Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai --- include/uapi/linux/usb/audio.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/usb/audio.h b/include/uapi/linux/usb/audio.h index ac90037894d9..d2314be4f0c0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/usb/audio.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/usb/audio.h @@ -384,14 +384,16 @@ static inline __u8 uac_processing_unit_iProcessing(struct uac_processing_unit_de int protocol) { __u8 control_size = uac_processing_unit_bControlSize(desc, protocol); - return desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + control_size]; + return *(uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol) + + control_size); } static inline __u8 *uac_processing_unit_specific(struct uac_processing_unit_descriptor *desc, int protocol) { __u8 control_size = uac_processing_unit_bControlSize(desc, protocol); - return &desc->baSourceID[desc->bNrInPins + control_size + 1]; + return uac_processing_unit_bmControls(desc, protocol) + + control_size + 1; } /* 4.5.2 Class-Specific AS Interface Descriptor */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ffecfd1a72fccfcee3dabb99b9ecba9735318f90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Darrick J. Wong" Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2013 16:42:55 -0800 Subject: block: optionally snapshot page contents to provide stable pages during write This provides a band-aid to provide stable page writes on jbd without needing to backport the fixed locking and page writeback bit handling schemes of jbd2. The band-aid works by using bounce buffers to snapshot page contents instead of waiting. For those wondering about the ext3 bandage -- fixing the jbd locking (which was done as part of ext4dev years ago) is a lot of surgery, and setting PG_writeback on data pages when we actually hold the page lock dropped ext3 performance by nearly an order of magnitude. If we're going to migrate iscsi and raid to use stable page writes, the complaints about high latency will likely return. We might as well centralize their page snapshotting thing to one place. Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong Tested-by: Andy Lutomirski Cc: Adrian Hunter Cc: Artem Bityutskiy Reviewed-by: Jan Kara Cc: Joel Becker Cc: Mark Fasheh Cc: Steven Whitehouse Cc: Jens Axboe Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen Cc: Ron Minnich Cc: Latchesar Ionkov Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/fs.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fs.h b/include/uapi/linux/fs.h index 780d4c6093eb..c7fc1e6517c3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fs.h @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ struct inodes_stat_t { #define MS_KERNMOUNT (1<<22) /* this is a kern_mount call */ #define MS_I_VERSION (1<<23) /* Update inode I_version field */ #define MS_STRICTATIME (1<<24) /* Always perform atime updates */ + +/* These sb flags are internal to the kernel */ +#define MS_SNAP_STABLE (1<<27) /* Snapshot pages during writeback, if needed */ #define MS_NOSEC (1<<28) #define MS_BORN (1<<29) #define MS_ACTIVE (1<<30) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 242260fb858e99674289484bc2bfe3b41f9c4cbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christian Kujau Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2013 16:43:05 -0800 Subject: sun.com documentation fixes After I came across a help text for SUNGEM mentioning a broken sun.com URL, I felt like fixing those up, as they are now pointing to oracle.com URLs. Signed-off-by: Christian Kujau Acked-by: David S. Miller Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/elf.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h index 126a8175e3e2..900b9484445b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h @@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ typedef __s64 Elf64_Sxword; * * Specifications are available in: * - * - Sun microsystems: Linker and Libraries. - * Part No: 817-1984-17, September 2008. - * URL: http://docs.sun.com/app/docs/doc/817-1984 + * - Oracle: Linker and Libraries. + * Part No: 817–1984–19, August 2011. + * http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E18752_01/pdf/817-1984.pdf * * - System V ABI AMD64 Architecture Processor Supplement - * Draft Version 0.99., - * May 11, 2009. - * URL: http://www.x86-64.org/ + * Draft Version 0.99.4, + * January 13, 2010. + * http://www.cs.washington.edu/education/courses/cse351/12wi/supp-docs/abi.pdf */ #define PN_XNUM 0xffff -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5841ca09b35df4ecb0fee4e8fbd21ef177509a71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vyacheslav Dubeyko Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:02:59 -0800 Subject: hfsplus: add osx.* prefix for handling namespace of Mac OS X extended attributes hfsplus: reworked support of extended attributes. Current mainline implementation of hfsplus file system driver treats as extended attributes only two fields (fdType and fdCreator) of user_info field in file description record (struct hfsplus_cat_file). It is possible to get or set only these two fields as extended attributes. But HFS+ treats as com.apple.FinderInfo extended attribute an union of user_info and finder_info fields as for file (struct hfsplus_cat_file) as for folder (struct hfsplus_cat_folder). Moreover, current mainline implementation of hfsplus file system driver doesn't support special metadata file - attributes tree. Mac OS X 10.4 and later support extended attributes by making use of the HFS+ filesystem Attributes file B*-tree feature which allows for named forks. Mac OS X supports only inline extended attributes, limiting their size to 3802 bytes. Any regular file may have a list of extended attributes. HFS+ supports an arbitrary number of named forks. Each attribute is denoted by a name and the associated data. The name is a null-terminated Unicode string. It is possible to list, to get, to set, and to remove extended attributes from files or directories. It exists some peculiarity during getting of extended attributes list by means of getfattr utility. The getfattr utility expects prefix "user." before any extended attribute's name. So, it ignores any names that don't contained such prefix. Such behavior of getfattr utility results in unexpected empty output of extended attributes list even in the case when file (or folder) contains extended attributes. It needs to use empty string as regular expression pattern for names matching (getfattr --match=""). For support of extended attributes in HFS+: 1. It was added necessary on-disk layout declarations related to Attributes tree into hfsplus_raw.h file. 2. It was added attributes.c file with implementation of functionality of manipulation by records in Attributes tree. 3. It was reworked hfsplus_listxattr, hfsplus_getxattr, hfsplus_setxattr functions in ioctl.c. Moreover, it was added hfsplus_removexattr method. This patch: Add osx.* prefix for handling namespace of Mac OS X extended attributes. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes] Signed-off-by: Vyacheslav Dubeyko Reported-by: Hin-Tak Leung Cc: Al Viro Cc: Christoph Hellwig Cc: Jan Kara Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/xattr.h | 13 ++++++++----- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/xattr.h b/include/uapi/linux/xattr.h index 26607bd965fa..e4629b93bdd6 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/xattr.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/xattr.h @@ -15,19 +15,22 @@ /* Namespaces */ #define XATTR_OS2_PREFIX "os2." -#define XATTR_OS2_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (XATTR_OS2_PREFIX) - 1) +#define XATTR_OS2_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_OS2_PREFIX) - 1) + +#define XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX "osx." +#define XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_MAC_OSX_PREFIX) - 1) #define XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX "security." -#define XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX) - 1) +#define XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX) - 1) #define XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX "system." -#define XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX) - 1) +#define XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_SYSTEM_PREFIX) - 1) #define XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX "trusted." -#define XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX) - 1) +#define XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_TRUSTED_PREFIX) - 1) #define XATTR_USER_PREFIX "user." -#define XATTR_USER_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (XATTR_USER_PREFIX) - 1) +#define XATTR_USER_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof(XATTR_USER_PREFIX) - 1) /* Security namespace */ #define XATTR_EVM_SUFFIX "evm" -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6b46419b0462ae565880f02e9cd0baf9b25ea71f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleksij Rempel Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:03:07 -0800 Subject: fat: add extended fileds to struct fat_boot_sector Later we will need "state" field to check if volume was cleanly unmounted. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h b/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h index 996719f82e28..b9f12450efe8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h @@ -120,14 +120,34 @@ struct fat_boot_sector { __le32 hidden; /* hidden sectors (unused) */ __le32 total_sect; /* number of sectors (if sectors == 0) */ - /* The following fields are only used by FAT32 */ - __le32 fat32_length; /* sectors/FAT */ - __le16 flags; /* bit 8: fat mirroring, low 4: active fat */ - __u8 version[2]; /* major, minor filesystem version */ - __le32 root_cluster; /* first cluster in root directory */ - __le16 info_sector; /* filesystem info sector */ - __le16 backup_boot; /* backup boot sector */ - __le16 reserved2[6]; /* Unused */ + union { + struct { + /* Extended BPB Fields for FAT16 */ + __u8 drive_number; /* Physical drive number */ + __u8 state; /* undocumented, but used + for mount state. */ + /* other fiealds are not added here */ + } fat16; + + struct { + /* only used by FAT32 */ + __le32 length; /* sectors/FAT */ + __le16 flags; /* bit 8: fat mirroring, + low 4: active fat */ + __u8 version[2]; /* major, minor filesystem + version */ + __le32 root_cluster; /* first cluster in + root directory */ + __le16 info_sector; /* filesystem info sector */ + __le16 backup_boot; /* backup boot sector */ + __le16 reserved2[6]; /* Unused */ + /* Extended BPB Fields for FAT32 */ + __u8 drive_number; /* Physical drive number */ + __u8 state; /* undocumented, but used + for mount state. */ + /* other fiealds are not added here */ + } fat32; + }; }; struct fat_boot_fsinfo { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b88a105802e9aeb6e234e8106659f5d1271081bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleksij Rempel Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:03:09 -0800 Subject: fat: mark fs as dirty on mount and clean on umount There is no documented methods to mark FAT as dirty. Unofficially MS started to use reserved Byte in boot sector for this purpose, at least since Win 2000. With Win 7 user is warned if fs is dirty and asked to clean it. Different versions of Win, handle it in different ways, but always have same meaning: - Win 2000 and XP, set it on write operations and remove it after operation was finnished - Win 7, set dirty flag on first write and remove it on umount. We will do it as follows: - set dirty flag on mount. If fs was initially dirty, warn user, remember it and do not do any changes to boot sector. - clean it on umount. If fs was initially dirty, leave it dirty. - do not do any thing if fs mounted read-only. - TODO: leave fs dirty if we found some error after mount. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h b/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h index b9f12450efe8..f055e58b3147 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/msdos_fs.h @@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ #define IS_FSINFO(x) (le32_to_cpu((x)->signature1) == FAT_FSINFO_SIG1 \ && le32_to_cpu((x)->signature2) == FAT_FSINFO_SIG2) +#define FAT_STATE_DIRTY 0x01 + struct __fat_dirent { long d_ino; __kernel_off_t d_off; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 59fb1b9f5d9910c2eb97107dd0eb7e3bce8f0dde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Robert P. J. Day" Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:05:11 -0800 Subject: ipmi: remove superfluous kernel/userspace explanation Given the obvious distinction between kernel and userspace supported by uapi/, it seems unnecessary to comment on that. Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day Signed-off-by: Corey Minyard Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/ipmi.h | 10 +--------- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ipmi.h b/include/uapi/linux/ipmi.h index 33fbc99b3812..7b26a62e5707 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ipmi.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ipmi.h @@ -59,15 +59,7 @@ * if it becomes full and it is queried once a second to see if * anything is in it. Incoming commands to the driver will get * delivered as commands. - * - * This driver provides two main interfaces: one for in-kernel - * applications and another for userland applications. The - * capabilities are basically the same for both interface, although - * the interfaces are somewhat different. The stuff in the - * #ifdef __KERNEL__ below is the in-kernel interface. The userland - * interface is defined later in the file. */ - - + */ /* * This is an overlay for all the address types, so it's easy to -- cgit v1.2.3 From 75f187aba5e7a3eea259041f85099029774a4c5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alex Bligh Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:05:23 -0800 Subject: nbd: support FLUSH requests Currently, the NBD device does not accept flush requests from the Linux block layer. If the NBD server opened the target with neither O_SYNC nor O_DSYNC, however, the device will be effectively backed by a writeback cache. Without issuing flushes properly, operation of the NBD device will not be safe against power losses. The NBD protocol has support for both a cache flush command and a FUA command flag; the server will also pass a flag to note its support for these features. This patch adds support for the cache flush command and flag. In the kernel, we receive the flags via the NBD_SET_FLAGS ioctl, and map NBD_FLAG_SEND_FLUSH to the argument of blk_queue_flush. When the flag is active the block layer will send REQ_FLUSH requests, which we translate to NBD_CMD_FLUSH commands. FUA support is not included in this patch because all free software servers implement it with a full fdatasync; thus it has no advantage over supporting flush only. Because I [Paolo] cannot really benchmark it in a realistic scenario, I cannot tell if it is a good idea or not. It is also not clear if it is valid for an NBD server to support FUA but not flush. The Linux block layer gives a warning for this combination, the NBD protocol documentation says nothing about it. The patch also fixes a small problem in the handling of flags: nbd->flags must be cleared at the end of NBD_DO_IT, but the driver was not doing that. The bug manifests itself as follows. Suppose you two different client/server pairs to start the NBD device. Suppose also that the first client supports NBD_SET_FLAGS, and the first server sends NBD_FLAG_SEND_FLUSH; the second pair instead does neither of these two things. Before this patch, the second invocation of NBD_DO_IT will use a stale value of nbd->flags, and the second server will issue an error every time it receives an NBD_CMD_FLUSH command. This bug is pre-existing, but it becomes much more important after this patch; flush failures make the device pretty much unusable, unlike Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini Signed-off-by: Alex Bligh Acked-by: Paul Clements Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/nbd.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nbd.h b/include/uapi/linux/nbd.h index dfb514472cbc..4f52549b23ff 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nbd.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nbd.h @@ -33,13 +33,14 @@ enum { NBD_CMD_READ = 0, NBD_CMD_WRITE = 1, NBD_CMD_DISC = 2, - /* there is a gap here to match userspace */ + NBD_CMD_FLUSH = 3, NBD_CMD_TRIM = 4 }; /* values for flags field */ #define NBD_FLAG_HAS_FLAGS (1 << 0) /* nbd-server supports flags */ #define NBD_FLAG_READ_ONLY (1 << 1) /* device is read-only */ +#define NBD_FLAG_SEND_FLUSH (1 << 2) /* can flush writeback cache */ /* there is a gap here to match userspace */ #define NBD_FLAG_SEND_TRIM (1 << 5) /* send trim/discard */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 02cde50b7ea74557d32ff778c73809322445ccd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mikulas Patocka Date: Fri, 1 Mar 2013 22:45:49 +0000 Subject: dm ioctl: optimize functions without variable params Device-mapper ioctls receive and send data in a buffer supplied by userspace. The buffer has two parts. The first part contains a 'struct dm_ioctl' and has a fixed size. The second part depends on the ioctl and has a variable size. This patch recognises the specific ioctls that do not use the variable part of the buffer and skips allocating memory for it. In particular, when a device is suspended and a resume ioctl is sent, this now avoid memory allocation completely. The variable "struct dm_ioctl tmp" is moved from the function copy_params to its caller ctl_ioctl and renamed to param_kernel. It is used directly when the ioctl function doesn't need any arguments. Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon --- include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h index 539b179b349c..b8a6bddf0727 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h @@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ enum { #define DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY _IOWR(DM_IOCTL, DM_DEV_SET_GEOMETRY_CMD, struct dm_ioctl) #define DM_VERSION_MAJOR 4 -#define DM_VERSION_MINOR 23 -#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 1 -#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA "-ioctl (2012-12-18)" +#define DM_VERSION_MINOR 24 +#define DM_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL 0 +#define DM_VERSION_EXTRA "-ioctl (2013-01-15)" /* Status bits */ #define DM_READONLY_FLAG (1 << 0) /* In/Out */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a26062416ef8add48f16fbadded2b5f6fb84d024 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mikulas Patocka Date: Fri, 1 Mar 2013 22:45:49 +0000 Subject: dm ioctl: allow message to return data This patch introduces enhanced message support that allows the device-mapper core to recognise messages that are common to all devices, and for messages to return data to userspace. Core messages are processed by the function "message_for_md". If the device mapper doesn't support the message, it is passed to the target driver. If the message returns data, the kernel sets the flag DM_MESSAGE_OUT_FLAG. Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon --- include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h index b8a6bddf0727..7e75b6fd8d45 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dm-ioctl.h @@ -336,4 +336,9 @@ enum { */ #define DM_SECURE_DATA_FLAG (1 << 15) /* In */ +/* + * If set, a message generated output data. + */ +#define DM_DATA_OUT_FLAG (1 << 16) /* Out */ + #endif /* _LINUX_DM_IOCTL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From bc3966bf1583a6c22b76397535174445c43952de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: James Hogan Date: Tue, 9 Oct 2012 10:54:36 +0100 Subject: metag: ptrace The ptrace interface for metag provides access to some core register sets using the PTRACE_GETREGSET and PTRACE_SETREGSET operations. The details of the internal context structures is abstracted into user API structures to both ease use and allow flexibility to change the internal context layouts. Copyin and copyout functions for these register sets are exposed to allow signal handling code to use them to copy to and from the signal context. struct user_gp_regs (NT_PRSTATUS) provides access to the core general purpose register context. struct user_cb_regs (NT_METAG_CBUF) provides access to the TXCATCH* registers which contains information abuot a memory fault, unaligned access error or watchpoint. This can be modified to alter the way the fault is replayed on resume ("catch replay"), or to prevent the replay taking place. struct user_rp_state (NT_METAG_RPIPE) provides access to the state of the Meta read pipeline which can be used to hide memory latencies in hand optimised data loops. Extended DSP register state, DSP RAM, and hardware breakpoint registers aren't yet exposed through ptrace. Signed-off-by: James Hogan Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Denys Vlasenko Cc: Arnd Bergmann Cc: Tony Lindgren Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" --- include/uapi/linux/elf.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h index 126a8175e3e2..eb164a298b98 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h @@ -395,6 +395,8 @@ typedef struct elf64_shdr { #define NT_ARM_TLS 0x401 /* ARM TLS register */ #define NT_ARM_HW_BREAK 0x402 /* ARM hardware breakpoint registers */ #define NT_ARM_HW_WATCH 0x403 /* ARM hardware watchpoint registers */ +#define NT_METAG_CBUF 0x500 /* Metag catch buffer registers */ +#define NT_METAG_RPIPE 0x501 /* Metag read pipeline state */ /* Note header in a PT_NOTE section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e06c93cacb82dd147266fd1bdb2d0a0bd45ff2c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ley Foon Tan Date: Thu, 7 Mar 2013 10:28:37 +0800 Subject: tty/serial: Add support for Altera serial port Add support for Altera 8250/16550 compatible serial port. Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan Cc: stable Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h index b6a23a483d74..74c2bf7211f8 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/serial_core.h @@ -51,7 +51,10 @@ #define PORT_8250_CIR 23 /* CIR infrared port, has its own driver */ #define PORT_XR17V35X 24 /* Exar XR17V35x UARTs */ #define PORT_BRCM_TRUMANAGE 25 -#define PORT_MAX_8250 25 /* max port ID */ +#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F32 26 /* Altera 16550 UART with 32 FIFOs */ +#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F64 27 /* Altera 16550 UART with 64 FIFOs */ +#define PORT_ALTR_16550_F128 28 /* Altera 16550 UART with 128 FIFOs */ +#define PORT_MAX_8250 28 /* max port ID */ /* * ARM specific type numbers. These are not currently guaranteed -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51b154ed5289682364b830858a4a1ca47fcd04e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Wed, 13 Mar 2013 14:59:45 -0700 Subject: UAPI: fix endianness conditionals in linux/aio_abi.h In the UAPI header files, __BIG_ENDIAN and __LITTLE_ENDIAN must be compared against __BYTE_ORDER in preprocessor conditionals where these are exposed to userspace (that is they're not inside __KERNEL__ conditionals). However, in the main kernel the norm is to check for "defined(__XXX_ENDIAN)" rather than comparing against __BYTE_ORDER and this has incorrectly leaked into the userspace headers. The definition of PADDED() in linux/aio_abi.h is wrong in this way. Note that userspace will likely interpret this and thus the order of fields in struct iocb incorrectly as the little-endian variant on big-endian machines - depending on header inclusion order. [!!!] NOTE [!!!] This patch may adversely change the userspace API. It might be better to fix the ordering of aio_key and aio_reserved1 in struct iocb. Signed-off-by: David Howells Acked-by: Benjamin LaHaise Acked-by: Jeff Moyer Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/aio_abi.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/aio_abi.h b/include/uapi/linux/aio_abi.h index 86fa7a71336a..bb2554f7fbd1 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/aio_abi.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/aio_abi.h @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ struct io_event { __s64 res2; /* secondary result */ }; -#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) +#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) #define PADDED(x,y) x, y -#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) +#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) #define PADDED(x,y) y, x #else #error edit for your odd byteorder. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 29ba06b9ed51d49dea6c79c3c16b961d661262bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Wed, 13 Mar 2013 14:59:46 -0700 Subject: UAPI: fix endianness conditionals in linux/acct.h In the UAPI header files, __BIG_ENDIAN and __LITTLE_ENDIAN must be compared against __BYTE_ORDER in preprocessor conditionals where these are exposed to userspace (that is they're not inside __KERNEL__ conditionals). However, in the main kernel the norm is to check for "defined(__XXX_ENDIAN)" rather than comparing against __BYTE_ORDER and this has incorrectly leaked into the userspace headers. The definition of ACCT_BYTEORDER in linux/acct.h is wrong in this way. Note that userspace will likely interpret this incorrectly as the big-endian variant on little-endian machines - depending on header inclusion order. [!!!] NOTE [!!!] This patch may adversely change the userspace API. It might be better to fix the value of ACCT_BYTEORDER. Signed-off-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/acct.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/acct.h b/include/uapi/linux/acct.h index 11b6ca3e0873..df2f9a0bba6a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/acct.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/acct.h @@ -107,10 +107,12 @@ struct acct_v3 #define ACORE 0x08 /* ... dumped core */ #define AXSIG 0x10 /* ... was killed by a signal */ -#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN +#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) #define ACCT_BYTEORDER 0x80 /* accounting file is big endian */ -#else +#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) #define ACCT_BYTEORDER 0x00 /* accounting file is little endian */ +#else +#error unspecified endianness #endif #ifndef __KERNEL__ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca044f9a9ed492f0f7e52df999c10ca6f7cfc5c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Howells Date: Wed, 13 Mar 2013 14:59:47 -0700 Subject: UAPI: fix endianness conditionals in linux/raid/md_p.h In the UAPI header files, __BIG_ENDIAN and __LITTLE_ENDIAN must be compared against __BYTE_ORDER in preprocessor conditionals where these are exposed to userspace (that is they're not inside __KERNEL__ conditionals). However, in the main kernel the norm is to check for "defined(__XXX_ENDIAN)" rather than comparing against __BYTE_ORDER and this has incorrectly leaked into the userspace headers. The definition of struct mdp_superblock_s in linux/raid/md_p.h is wrong in this way. Note that userspace will likely interpret the ordering of the fields incorrectly as the big-endian variant on a little-endian machines - depending on header inclusion order. [!!!] NOTE [!!!] This patch may adversely change the userspace API. It might be better to fix the ordering of events_hi, events_lo, cp_events_hi and cp_events_lo in struct mdp_superblock_s / typedef mdp_super_t. Signed-off-by: David Howells Acked-by: NeilBrown Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi/linux') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h b/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h index ee753536ab70..fe1a5406d4d9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h @@ -145,16 +145,18 @@ typedef struct mdp_superblock_s { __u32 failed_disks; /* 4 Number of failed disks */ __u32 spare_disks; /* 5 Number of spare disks */ __u32 sb_csum; /* 6 checksum of the whole superblock */ -#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN +#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN : defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) __u32 events_hi; /* 7 high-order of superblock update count */ __u32 events_lo; /* 8 low-order of superblock update count */ __u32 cp_events_hi; /* 9 high-order of checkpoint update count */ __u32 cp_events_lo; /* 10 low-order of checkpoint update count */ -#else +#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER) ? __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN : defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) __u32 events_lo; /* 7 low-order of superblock update count */ __u32 events_hi; /* 8 high-order of superblock update count */ __u32 cp_events_lo; /* 9 low-order of checkpoint update count */ __u32 cp_events_hi; /* 10 high-order of checkpoint update count */ +#else +#error unspecified endianness #endif __u32 recovery_cp; /* 11 recovery checkpoint sector count */ /* There are only valid for minor_version > 90 */ -- cgit v1.2.3